The Complete Camtasia Course: Your Ultimate Video Editing Guide from Newbie to PRO

1. Introduction - Hi! I'll be your instructor :): Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so this is the ultimate Camped Asia course. I've personally bean editing with the Camp Tasia editing software since 2011 and I've edited over 1000 videos, all different kinds of videos, videos for our YouTube channel for other clients, music videos, promo type videos, commercial type videos, tutorial videos, blog's and I can honestly say, because I've been using the software since 2011 and I've edited over 1000 videos that I love this software and I always recommend it to anyone who starting a YouTube channel, doing online courses, even doing music videos for your music channel, so can't. Asia is a very user friendly, easy to use software. You can do some basic stuff, and you can also do some advanced creative stuff. But at the same time, it's not an intimidating software, and I honestly feel that anyone can learn how to use this video editing software. So I'm really excited to teach this course. You guys, I have hours and hours of content of different types of techniques and tutorials that I've learned over the years that I really want to share with you guys. And a lot of the techniques and the tutorials in this course you won't find anywhere else because I thought of them from scratch. All right, so this course is for beginners, intermediate and advanced. So I go through from the very beginning from first opening the Camp Tasia software to Okay , you're now familiar with it, and you know how to use it to the advanced where you really get to use your techniques and styles and really hone in on how you'd like to edit on Camp Tasia. So make sure you guys check out the curriculum and preview those free lectures. And if you finally want to learn how to use the camp Tasia editing software, make sure that you enroll in this course and I'll see you on the inside. 2. Overview of the Camtasia Software: you guys has it going. It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you an overview of the Camp Tasia software. All right, so we're here inthe e kempt Asia software right now, and I'm just going to go from, like, this side and then make my way to kind of that side and just do an overview of all of the buttons what they do. I won't go into too too much detail because there are going to be separate tutorial videos on that specific thing. All right, so first is the record button. So when you click on that and you have your cameras and your microphones hooked up, you can do what's called a screen cast record. That's what this is so you can see my face and you can see the screen the laptop screen. So you've recording two things at once. This camera right here is recording me and then camped. Asia software is recording what's happening on your screen. Now You can just do ah, screen cast without video, meaning you can just record your computer screen if you don't want to be on the camera and here is the media tab. This is where you import your media so your pictures, videos, audio, that type of thing. And you can import media by clicking this button or this plus sign so you could do either or so. If you click on that, it's going to open up usually like your desktop or your downloads or something like that, and then you can go and import some video. So let's say I wanted to import this video. I would double click, and then it would show up in my media been and you want to put all your media in the media been before starting your edit. It's best to have everything in there before you start on an edit so that you don't have to keep going back and forth, and you can just grab what you need from the media. Been while you're editing. Next is the library. So right now I have it set to my personal library, so I put my intro outro and an end screen in here. But if you want to see the Camp Tasia library, you can click on this, and this is all like the free stuff that they've given you with the Camp Tasia software. So these air all folders and then within these folders you have more folders, and then you can click on them like buildings. They're gonna have a whole bunch of icons of buildings. And then here you can have business icons, and they have a whole bunch of different kind of free media that they input in here. And they see here you've got intros and you've got lower thirds lower thirds is that thing that pops up at the bottom of the screen where it says, like your name and title or website or something like that. And then you have motion backgrounds, music tracks. There aren't that many in here, and then outro owes. So those air the free media assets that Camp Tasia gives you and they're always adding to it so there might be more by the time you see this video. And like I said, I also have my library that I've added as well. I'll show you in later tutorials how to create a library for yourself so that you can have your intro, outro and other types of media that you use often next is the annotations tab, and there's lots of stuff within here as well. So this is kind of like the base that they put you on. It's like got some text files that you can use, plus text with shapes. And then within that style, it's set on basic. You can go to all, and you can see all the different kinds that they offer now. I usually stick with basic just cause. I like the way that these are used this a lot, and they use this text a lot. This this, but you can see that they've separated them into different categories. So there's abstract, bold urban, and then I'm just gonna set it back to basic next our arrows and lines again. It's set on two basic, but you can go to all, and you can see all the different kinds of arrows and lines that they offer. Next are shapes, so these are the basic shapes that they offer, and then you can click on all and see all the different kinds. Now you'll see them with already preset colors like this one's white. This one's kind of a peach. That doesn't mean it's going to stay that color, you can actually change that. So that doesn't mean that that's the only color that you have so said Effective basic. Next is blur and highlight. So these kinds of features you use if you want to blur stuff out like let's say you're typing in a password or you've got your address or something on the screen, you want to blur that out. Also, there's highlights, so if you want to highlight certain things on the screen, you can like you got some text, you can apply this and it will apply like a yellow, almost like if you were using like a standard yellow highlighter is kind of like that, and this is interactive hot spot. I don't do too much with this next our sketch motion. So sketch motion is when you place this on the timeline and you press play, it's going to sketch it out. So it's like a motion graphics type thing, and it will sketch out the shape that you see so that one's a circle and you can alter it so you can make it bigger, smaller, more flat. And they have a bunch of standard ones here, ones that are, you know, like they've got that sketch feel like someone actually drew it. And then this one's more perfect. So it's like exact And next is key stroke call outs. So this is when you are, let's say, doing tutorial, and you're explaining that you need to click on certain buttons on your keyboard. This will allow you to show them on the screen, So if you want them to do control a and you're doing a tutorial that requires that, then you can put something like this on the screen. But let's say you want it to be space Bar, which I just click the space bar, and I altered it over here. Then you can put that as the space part, if that's what they need to press. So if your telling someone like in photo shop or something, and they need to press certain buttons on their keyboard, or if you're telling like a like a code for a game or something, then this is where it would be useful. All right, so next is transitions, and these are the transitions that you put in between your video clips or photos. It's going to be like a transition from that to that. So it's like from media clip to a photo or media to a media photo to a photo video to video that type of thing, and they're all different. When you hover over them. They'll show you kind of a preview of what it looks like, and there are lots of different kinds of transitions. Next, our behaviors and behaviors are also kind of like animations, and I know that there's an animations have right below, but I'll explain here. So these air pre made animations by came Tasia. So these air ones that you can, they're already pre made pre set, and you can add them on a video or photo, and it will like. For instance, if you add the drifting one, it's gonna make that video come drift through the screen. And if you added on a shape, it's going to do that same thing. Same with explode. If you add that one, it's going to explode. Now, when you add this behavior on a video shape photo, you can alter it within. And like I said, I'll be going into a lot more detail in the later tutorials. So it's cool that they made these and they have a preset right here, so you don't actually need to create them. Next is animations, and this is where you can zoom and pan. So if you want to zoom up on a certain thing on the screen, you do that here. If you want to like a panning thing, you can do that Here is well, and there's also an animations tab within the side animations tab, and they also have some presets here. I mainly stick with the custom animation so that I can do exactly what I want. Sometimes I don't really play around with these because they're already preset in a certain way that I can't really alter them the way I want to. So I pretty much stick with custom and I'll show you how to use that. Next is cursor effects. So if again, if you're doing certain tutorial videos and you want ah highlighter cursor effect on your mouse while you're moving around, you can put that this is like a spotlight won a magnify one. Over here, you've got more options, so if you do a left click, it will do like a red circle. Or you could do like a ripple effect. The left click sound if you want, like a scope target left click warp, and the same thing goes for the right hand side as well. It's the same as the left. Next is voice narration, So if you've got like some pictures or video and you want to narrated and you want to add your audio, you can do that. Here you can have your video playing, and then you can start your recording so that you're doing it to the exact part in the video or the picture that you want. If you click on the more tab, they're gonna have some other things and they can switch around. So if I click on audio effects, it might end up going here. But that's okay. They just switch around. So here's audio effects, and this is where you can do some basic noise removal and fade in and fade out on your audio of your videos. It's a basic form. It's not too too crazy. But if you're using a proper mike and you do use noise removal, it does enhance your audio. Next is visual effects, so from here. What I mainly use is remove a color color, eyes and color adjustment and eclipse speed. This right here is if you're doing green screen. If you're talking in front of a green screen, you can remove the background and put some other backgrounds behind you. It's a really need effect, and I'll be going into that as well. Next is interactivity and the same with interactive hot spot. I don't play around with it too much, because when you use something like this, you can see here it says here, produce it using screen cast dot com or a smart player preset. I mainly upload our videos onto YouTube, and this wouldn't work on YouTube, and we we don't really upload videos to our website. We would usually take videos from our YouTube channel and embed our YouTube videos on our website. So this is not really useful to us next. Our captions. So this is if you want to add close captioning or subtitles to your videos. You can do that here and this down here. This is your main track area, so this is where you're going to be placing your video fouls photos and this is where all the editing is gonna happen, is is in these tracks Now. Right now, to start, you have three tracks, but the more that you add on top, the more tracks you'll get. These buttons here are going to help you with the editing process. So like undo redo, cutting, pasting, zooming in and out into the timeline. This is where you would play your video. You can also press the space bar, and here there are going to be some other things that pop up when you click on different features here, and we'll go into that when we start getting into the tutorials. Over here is where you can crop your media, and here is like the sizing that you see the video at. So if you want it to be larger right now, it's fit at 45%. But let's say you want it to be bigger. You can make it bigger. I usually leave it at the standard 45% and that's pretty much a basic overview of the Camp Tasia software. Like I said, I'm just touching upon what you currently see in front of you and I will be going into greater detail about specific things. How to do things. Buttons. You'll all find them in the later lectures. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 3. How to Purchase and Install the Camtasia Software: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to purchase and install came Tasia. Alright, So I've been getting some questions as to how you find the contagious software on their website which one to purchase, how to purchase it and how to install the actual software. So I'm here on the Tex Smith camped Asia Ah website page and the company that actually makes kept Asia is called Tex Smith. So you might be confused when you first see it. And they have a bunch of different Softwares, including kempt Asia, the video editing software. So from here, you want to head over to products hover over it, don't click on it yet, and then head over to Kem Tasia so you can see that they have some other Softwares as well . The one that I'm talking about, the one that I use is camped Asia. So you want to click on that? Then you want to head over to pricing. So from here, they actually have different price options depending on you know, if you are a business, if you're a teacher, if you're in the government and you might be able to get a price break, depending on you know, your occupation or what you do. So, as you can see, the prices here are in Canadian, and this is personal and professional. This is, like, sort of the standard right here. So from here, you can choose your appropriate category that you fall under whether it be personal, professional education or government. Once you've done that, you click the buy now button. And it says here that it includes two installations per user, and it's compatible with Windows and Mac. And it's available in English or German. And then I'm going to click, add to cart and review cart and check out, and I'm gonna click X to this. I don't need that right now. Okay, So this is the email where the software he will be sent. Okay, Now we just look that we want one. Okay, Like, check out and you just fill in your details. Here, click pay. And there you go. And now they're going to be sending the information's will click. Continue. Okay, so they're going to send all the appropriate information they also have here your software key, which you should copy and put away. You'll also have a copy in your email. But you can also save it somewhere, just in case you can't find that email. And then, um, if you don't have the trial, you can download the Tempt Asia installer first. Which is what we're going to dio. I'm going to click download the camp Tasia installer. Okay, it's downloading. So this is going to take about a minute. So from here, when it's done installing, you just want to open it, okay? And I accept the terms Click Install, and now it's going to install on my computer. Okay, so I've actually got a previous version of Camp Tasia recording this. So that's why I've got this message. I'm going to say, Do not close the applications because I'm trying to record this whole process for you guys . So if this works out, then we will continue. If it doesn't work out, then the video will suddenly end and I will pick, pick up where it left off. All right. So it did finish downloading. Now I'm going to click finish and it says, here, restart your computer to finish installing kempt Asia 2018. So I am going to click, restart later, end this section and then restart my computer and then come back and resume from there. All right, So once you've done all that, now you need to go and open your latest version of Camped Asia and then enter in your software key that you purchased. So from here, I'm going to click new, and then it's going to ask for the software key. So I already purchased. So I don't need to click that. Now I'm going to click this and enter in a software key. I'm gonna click. Unlock that. Says here, Congratulations on your purchase of Kempt Asia. Register my product. So this window's gonna open up if you register your camped Asian license. Um, if you can't find your license key Ah, that's okay. I don't need to do that. I have it in the email. Plus, I copied it to another document as well. So because I don't need this, I'm gonna head back to Camp Tasia. And that message went away and it should be all ready to go and use. So now you should be able to edit a video and render it, and it should be all fine. So let's do a test here. I'm going to import just some regular media. Cicely, Maybe some GoPro footage I have or something. Place it on the timeline here. Just pretend like I I did an actual video and just ignore that. And I actually want to render the video, so I'm going to click share local file. Okay, Click that click next test project. All right, so now, because it went through, just you do have the full version of Camped Asia now, and it's going to be working. And you shouldn't have any water marks or anything on your videos because you have your full version of Fantasia. So I'm just gonna cancel this because I don't actually need that. That was just a test. So that is it. That is how you purchase and download and register your Kem Tasia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 4. My Camtasia Story... Editing Over 2000 Videos: My Camtasia story editing over 2000 how two tutorials. This is my Camtasia story. I've never actually recorded or told the story. I've mentioned it bits and parts in our live streams and stuff, but I've never actually gone through the whole thing of how it is that I started using Camtasia and how I even started creating Camtasia How to Tutorials. This is a little bit of a behind the scene story of how it all happened because I didn't intend to use Camtasia. I just k plopped into my life. The story starts back in about 2010 and 11. At this time, I'm starting entrepreneurship. I'm starting sitino, and we're just figuring out what it is our business is actually going to do. But we knew it was going to be online. I was sitting in this coffee shop and at the time, we used to go to every networking event in Vancouver in downtown Vancouver, we had made some networking friends. Friends that were also starting their own businesses, and we would meet up at coffee shops, at restaurants, and just spit ball business ideas. One time, I was at this coffee shop called Waves Coffee House in downtown. And one of my friends came. He was just like, Hey, Jewel, I'm working with this client and he's a speaker, and he filmed 100 1 minute videos. I'm working on his website. I don't have time to edit these videos. Can you edit the videos for him? I can give you $100. At the time, $100 sounded amazing to me, even though it was 100 videos. At this point in our business, we actually hadn't made any money. The fact that I was being offered $100 was amazing. He's pitching this to me. I'm getting excited. And then I say to him, I have no idea how to edit videos. I don't have an editing software. He says, I just got this software called emtasia. It's a video editing software. I already purchased it, so I can just give it to you for free on your computer. Right there, he installs Kemptasia, and he gave me this quick tutorial. Very simplified. These videos were only a minute long, so it wasn't that crazy. And he showed me how to take the video, put it on the timeline, and he's like, add a noise removal, put this intro, put this outtro, make sure to clip this part before he speaks, and then clip the ending part, and then boom you're done, and then render it. At the time, this was emtasia version six or seven, a super super old version of emtasia. In doing those 100 1 minute videos, I learned to use mtajia very fast. At the end of it, I delivered the 100 videos to him. Unfortunately, I wasn't able to get paid for the job. I had done all this work, gave him the videos, but the deal went sour with that speaker, and he didn't even get paid for the website and I didn't even get paid for the video editing. Even though I didn't get paid for the work, I did gain a new skill in learning emtasia. Fast forward to 2015 16, where we officially start our YouTube channel, and I'm editing tutorials on a weekly basis, and I'm pumping out three to five tutorials for our channel a week. Then in one of the comments, someone was asking me, what's the video editing software that you're using to record and edit your tutorial videos? I kept getting these questions. My business partner, it said, Hey, why don't you create tutorial videos for emtaia? At the time, I didn't really think anything of it, but I created one, and I created another and another and another and another. To the point where I started to get known for the girl that did emtasia videos, and I would get questions and comments about my tutorial videos. People saying they liked my teaching style, they liked the way I taught Camtasia, and I eventually even created a course on Camtasia. I also even used to do one on one coaching, believe it or not, people wanted to pay me on an hourly basis to teach them how to use Camtasia. What started off as a random occurrence in a coffee shop, turned into a business. Now, I still use Camtasia to edit our current tutorial videos, but I also teach our YouTube coaching clients how to use it as well because it's like a middle ground software. It's not the most advanced, but it's not the most basic. And so you can do some pretty cool things with it without getting too confusing and too convoluted. When I teach a complete newbie who has never edited a video before in their life, how to use Camtasia, they're actually pleasantly surprised at how easy it is to use because they were afraid to use a final cut pro or Adobe Premiere Pro. Believe it or not, I've edited over 2000 mostly how to tutorial videos on our channel. For clients, it's probably another couple hundred videos. A lot of people ask me, h, why don't you use another software? Why don't you use the more advanced software? To them, I have to say, we like to follow the 80 20 rule and the keep it simple stupid rule, where if it's not necessary to get all crazy and convoluted for what we need to do, then we don't need to do it. For our channel, which is a how to tutorial channel, Most people are interested in just the knowledge, get me A to B. Show me how to do this. Most of the time we're doing screen cast recordings. We don't need any fancy production or fancy setup to do those kinds of videos. That is my Camtasia story started back in 2010 11. It was brought onto me by a random meeting by a fellow colleague. I was showed how to use it, edited my first 100 videos, and the rest is history. Thank you so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video. 5. Earning as a Camtasia Video Editor: Let me tell you the story of how we were able to generate $5,000 a month being a Camtasia video editor. Hey, everyone. How's it going. It's a Jewel Talino here from Estino Media, and on this channel, we show you how to create profitable content. Alright, so I wanted to share this storytime video with you because I do get a lot of questions on how as a Cantasia video editor, I'm able to get video editing clients and clients that are willing to spend, you know, thousands of dollars. I don't actually edit on any of the high end video editing softwares like adobe, premier pro or final cut or any of those. 99% of the time, I use Camtasia. You know what? You can do this to on Camtasia, or you can do it on a different video editing software. I'm going to tell you some key takeaways and some things to focus on if you want to do what I did. All right. So let me give you the details here. We managed to generate at least $5,000 a month by doing Camtasia video editing, and the majority of that $5,000 a month comes from three clients. Y, three clients. You do the math, 5000/3. Was that equal? Yes, there are small projects here and there that I do, but the majority of it comes from three clients. That's how we like to do our business. We like to get one client that's willing to pay a high amount of money so that you don't need so many. You can definitely go the other route and have lower price stuff, but then you would need many clients. I personally like getting the high end client where there's less because then I can actually spend more time and attention. On each of our clients. So that's a point right there is we made our services super high end. Another thing that I did was I learned chemtasia inside and out. I pretty much know the majority of the software. I don't know exactly everything like 100%, but I would say I know 95% of the software. Another thing that I did was I created my own video editing style. I encourage you to do the same if you want to get paid as a video editor. Create your own style of videos. For us, on this YouTube channel, we do how to tutorials. It's with screencast recording, sometimes with the Face, sometimes without the face, sometimes it's just videos like this. I created my own style with Camtasia. Because I had my own style, I could market that to very specific people. Who wanted that exact style of video to be edited? My style was How to tutorials for YouTube. There was some jump cut editing. You'll notice that there are clips being taken out and it goes from one clip to another. That's because I paused or there was a mistake or there's dead air. I also like that way of video editing for YouTube because it keeps the attention of the viewer. If I just did one long continuous speech, then our brains get tired. That's why I like doing the jump cuts. My video editing is also very straight to the point. I remove anything that's not necessary. I don't put too much. I don't put too much of the fluff. People try to put stuff just like that's not necessary. Especially if you're teaching something, you don't really need to too much, and especially if you're showing how to do something on the screen, it pretty much speaks for itself. Like if I'm doing a screen cast recording, I don't need to have a whole bunch of roll or anything really too essential to come up. I just need to make sure the person can see what I'm doing and what I'm clicking on. And if I can do that, then it's all good. So my video editing is very straight to the point, not too much fluff. It's great for how to tutorials, courses, lectures, that kind of thing. You can see an example of it on our channel. I pretty much that's what the kinds of videos I release. That's what we marketed to our potential clients. Now, it's not going to be for everybody, but it's going to be for a specific person that wants the exact same thing. Because I was already doing it for our YouTube channel, all I have to do is show them our YouTube channel, and they're already landing on it because of our tutorial videos, and they would say, Oh, I want something like what you do. I'm like, Great, I'm already doing it for myself. I can do it for you. Another tactic that you might have noticed on our channel is I do Kemptasia Tutorials. If you want to be an expert in your field, put out how to tutorials on the thing that you are trying to get clients for. Let's say, I want video editing clients. I put out how to tutorials on Camtasia, showing that I can edit on Camtasia, and people message me wanting to get video editing services. People actually message and they say they One on one coaching, meaning like they want me to sit with them and show how to actually edit a video. Or they buy our Camtasia course, or they just want to hand it off to me and I edit their videos. So you can have those three options for people. But I can tell you right now, if you want to be seen as an expert, put out content, that makes you look like an expert. I have over 100 Camtasia tutorials. So what does that do? It shows consistency. It shows dedication. It shows hard work. It shows that I actually know what I'm doing. Creates the credibility. Like I said, you can do this with any software, doesn't even have to be video editing. It could be it could be with Canva. It could be with Excel spreadsheets. We also did this with Adobe Acrobt Pro DC, which is a PDF software, which is even more boring than Kemptasa. At least with Kemptasia, you can put fun sounds and music and it's video editing. Whereas Adobe Acrobt Pro DC, It's just like a PDF. But you can make money with that as well and we do every day. Some key takeaways here, really know your software inside and out, spend the time, spend the hours to learn it. Learn a new feature of it every single time. That's what I did. Show people that you are an expert. My personal go to of promoting is YouTube videos. It's my favorite. It's long term. They last for years. It's not like an Instagram post or Facebook post. Once you put it up, maybe a week later it's gone, but with a YouTube video, it can be searched over and over again for years to come. Know what your services are. If you want to do one on one, if you have a course, if you're going to do it done for you, done for the client, figure out if you want a high end client or you want many lower price clients. When you answer these questions and you get clear on that, it's easier to get what you want. That's my storytime video of how we were able to get $5,000 a month by being a Camtasia video editor. Thank you guys so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video. 6. How To Get Footage Off Of Your Camera: Hey, guys. Has a going this jewel Tolentino here? All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to get footage from your camera into Camp Tasia. All right, so there's a couple of different ways to get your footage off of your cameras and onto your computer and into came to USIA, so I'm gonna show you how I do it. And so basically, when you have, let's say you have a camera like this, it might be smaller. It might be like like half the side. Less than half the size of this. This is a Nikon D 5500. So it's like a mid range camera, and all these types of cameras have an SD card, so it's not always gonna be in the same place. But there's usually like a latch or something on somewhere on your camera, where you need to put an SD card and it looks something like this. First of all, make sure that you have a good quality SD card when you are using it in your camera. So either it's a micro SD or a regular sized SD card. Make sure it's good quality and that it's the recommended one for your camera. Because if you get like a really cheap one, like from China or something like that with, like, a no name type brand, you might have some glitches while you're filming and it happened to me. So when on this GoPro here that I'm about to show you, I actually got one of those really cheap, like $12 as D cards, micro SD cards. And I used it in my go pro when I went to Hawaii and we were biking down this volcano in the city of PYY A or something like that, and it was an adventure and it was epic footage. But because I used a faulty as D card like one that was a no name brand, one that wasn't reliable and one that was incorrect for the camera, I lost the footage. I lost the entire day of footage while we were biking down this volcano, and I regret it so much because that was a once in a lifetime type thing. So from now, that's why I'm so adamant about these things is because you can lose your footage and it's horrible when you lose your footage, especially when you were filming something really cool. So this is the brand that I use. It's called P N Y, and this is the elite performance one. This is the one that matches my camera here for this one, and you guys can check them out on Amazon. They have amazing reviews, and they're really good priced. When you have filmed something, you need to take your SD card and put it into your desktop computer or laptop. So I work with a laptop and you just want to. It's usually it's not in the same place. It's usually on the side of your laptop and or desktop, and you want to insert it so it's usually going to pop up just like this here, and you want to click on D. C. I am. I'm not sure why they always have this other folder, but the footage is always in the D. C. I am. You just want to double click and depending what you have in your folder. Sometimes it will create multiple folders if you have ah, lot more footage. Basically, you just double click and then you can see that you have your footage here now from here, you can either just drag it onto your desktop or you can create a folder first and then put it in that folder on your desktop. Create a folder you would just do like a right click Click new folder test footage. And then you congrats your video clips into that folder so I'll just do a test here, drag that one in there. Now, that clip is in my test footage folder, which is on my desktop from here. I'm gonna be in Camped Asia, and I need to take that footage from the desktop in that folder and put it into my media. Been on Camped Asia so I can now use it. So I'm gonna either click the green button or the plus button and click import media and then we'll go to that folder, which was the test footage, and then double click. And now I have that piece of footage that was from this SD card, which is still in my computer, which was from the camera. Now I'm gonna delete this and let's say you have a micro SD card, so I was gonna put this away. It's basically the same thing, but you need to make sure that you have a little attachment for the micro SD. So this is my go pro here and these smaller cameras take a micro SD card, which is a lot smaller than the one you just saw. So I'm just gonna open it up here and gotta be more careful with it because they're tiny. So this Ifill tiny thing is the micro SD card, so you can see that it's a lot smaller and the one I use for GoPro is the sand disk extreme . So now you can't just put this into your laptop, you actually need an SD card adapter for it. And when you buy your SD cards, make sure that you don't throw away this part, thinking that you don't need it. So when you buy SD cards, micro SD cards, they'll usually come with something like this. So this looks like a regular sized as D card that you saw for this camera. But the difference is it's got a little tiny slot where you can put the micro SD card into the normal size as D card. And this isn't a net SD card adapter for the micro SD card. Now everything's the same. So now this. This is like a normal as D card and you just same thing, put it into your laptop and do the same process. So make sure that you keep this adapter when you are purchasing Micro ST's. So that is how you get footage from your cameras onto your computer or laptop and into Camp Tasia. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 7. How To Add Media Assets In Library Bin: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here, Right, So in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to add media into your library and I'm going to be showing you Ah, little hack that's gonna make things easier for when you're editing is just gonna save you more time and make you more organized. So I'm talking about importing media files into your library so that you always have them in there. So I show you what I mean right now. Right now, I've got the intro and the outro in my regular media. Been so I physically had to go here and import the media. There are certain things that I always have in my video. I always have the intro, The video intro on the video Outro. Now, you may have some other things that you put in your videos, maybe like pictures are like a logo or some text or whatever. So what you can do is import them into your library so that they're always there so that you don't have to always import them into the media been and this can actually save you Time to make you more organized so show you guys how to do that. So right now we're in the regular media, been and I have here the outro and the intro and usually, you know, place them on here. Intro goes there than the outro goes at the end after the video will pretend like there's other video content here. So to import media into your library, your libraries basically saved media. So it's like a lot library. You can save some stuff in there and then come back to it when you need it. So I'm gonna click on the library here, But you want to add your own so you can see her. I've added s a t know intro, and that's already in Camp Tasia. So when I start up kempt Asia, it's already in there. I don't need to go in to the media been and click this and then import media and then go find it. You know, if you really disorganized, you don't have stuff in the right places. It can be kind of annoying trying to find it. Um, but, you know, we are organized. I ended a lot of videos per week, so that's why we need to be like this. So when you were in the library, all you have to do is click the plus button here and import media to library. So click that. And here is where we have our like intros now trolls and stuff. So I've already This is our intro right here. I've already imported that. So that's he saw that there is called s a T know intro. And now I want the out TRO So I'm going to double click on this and it's going to paste it with the original file name. But I want a short neck that's a little bit long, so I'm just gonna call it s City. No Outro click Enter. And there you go. I have my two intro and outro already in Came changer Nine like it's gonna be when I open it, It's gonna already be in there. I want to show you all double click. So that's our intro there, and I'll just delete these here and I'll just show you and I'll delete the media Been here . So there's nothing in my media been now, but I have my intro and outro in the library so I could just be like, OK, here's my intro. Place it alright, Outro. Here we go. I don't need to go and find it on the computer. Like I said, if you are disorganized with your media, it can take time to go and find these things. And when you have, like a YouTube channel that you upload to all the time, it's very important to have streamlined editing strategies that are going to make things easier for you. And these are one of the things that we do is we import media into our library that we use all the time so you could have some like pictures or logo or whatever that you using your videos that you import in there. And then it's just always there. You could describe them from there while you're editing is just gonna save you some time. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching. We'll see in the next video 8. How to record yourself and computer screen FINAL: Hey, guys. Has it going his jewel Tolentino here. All right, so this tutorial is gonna be a little bit different. I'm actually filming it on the GoPro right now because I'm gonna be showing you how to do the video and video effect where you have that little video in the corner Usually were. You see me in the in the bottom right hand corner. How to get that in camp Tasia and I need to film it externally, because if I try and do a screen record while trying to teach that it's not gonna work. So I need a separate camera in the real world right here so you can see it as I'm actually doing it. So first thing is, you need to have your webcam set up. So? So this right here, this is the logic Tech C 9 30 e webcam, and I havent sitting on top of my laptop and then you can see here it's connected over here . This is just like a USB port, and it allows me to have more USB plugs. So that's why there's so many. Because I have, like, the USB and the microphone in two lights So that's why you see so many there. And then that's plugged into this section right here. So when I click the record button here in the top left hand corner, it's going to pull up something here at the bottom, right? So it's got this section right here, and you can see that there's a video and then this is the audio. So you need to make sure that both of these are checked because if you click on them and you x the mouth, then you don't have any video or any audio recording, so you need to make sure that you click on them and then you click on them so that they're both being used Now. You also want to make sure that it's on the right camera because if you're using the external camera, chances are laptops and computers these days have an extra camera. They have a camera built in, so you need to make sure that when you click on this that you're on the lodge, a taxi, 9 30 e and then you're on your specific microphone. The microphone that I use is thief. I find technology USB microphone, and it's called the USB PNP audio device. So you need to make sure that both of these have the check marks going on. And then now I'm gonna click record. So when I click record, it's now going to be recording me and my computer screen at the same time. And if I click on this right here, you can see that the duration and the time is actually going and this is like, sort of the mini preview. But I don't usually have this going while I am recording and you can see that my web cam camera is on. So it's actually filming me right now. And so I'm going to click Stop recording. So I'm going to stop it and then you're going to see right here. This is gonna populate in Camp Tasia. I've got this file down here and then I've got that right there. This is what I just recorded. So I'm going to click on this here. I'll enlarge this so that you can see So this is how I get me in the bottom right hand corners because I filmed myself separately so I'll play a little bit of it, and it's basically what I just recorded here. It's now going to go produce me and my computer screen at the same time. And if I click on this right here, you can see that the duration and the time is actually going. And this is, like, sort of the many preview. But I don't usually have this going while I'm recording and you can see that my web cam camera is on. So it's actually filming me right now. And so and so I'm gonna click. Stop recording. So Okay, so that was what I just recorded. So that's how you get a video in video effect. So I've got me right here sitting on the couch, and then I've recorded my computer screen, and I'm recording this on a GoPro on my actual laptop so that you guys can see it because I wouldn't be able to show you it if I was using the Web cam to record this. I know that was like a weird matrix in Matrix thing, but that's how you get a video and video effect. Alright, guys. Well, that was it for this video. Thank you so much for watching. And I'll see in the next one 9. How To Record Webcam Only: If you have a camera, it's going to record your screen and your camera at the same time. So this is what is typically going to look like. So you can see here that there's my video down me on the Webcam and then my screen right behind it. So there's two things happening. Let me just enlarge this webcam footage so that you can see what I'm talking about. So it's kind of the video and video effect. So if you only want your Web cam, then you need to remove and delete your screen that it recorded. If you do not have a camera on your computer or anything, then it's just gonna record your screen. But typically, most laptops computers already have a camera, so it's going to do both. And if you don't want the background of the computer screen or it's not necessary, you can just go ahead and delete it. Now I use both. So when I'm doing these camped agent tutorials, I need the screen recording and my webcam because I'm showing you guys something on my computer. But if I'm just talking doing the talking head video, just explaining, then I don't need the background so that I would delete it. So let's say I only want my web camera here, which is this one, which is me. I would just leave that and then this here, I can either move it off to the side, or I can just delete it so I can highlight it and delete it. But I'm just going to bring it back and just leave it there for now because I'm gonna show you guys something else after. So let's say you have your webcam screen here. Now you can make this full screen. What I typically do is I make it like, not full screen, just this kind of a size. And then I usually add, um, a background piece behind it. So we'll take something like a shape. Let me just grab one here, like this one right here, and I'll extend it here and then I'll make sort of like a almost like a Power point type background. You can see what this one shape it takes it, and it makes it a little nicer. So just place that there and you see, you can make this. You could make this a little bit smaller depends, and that will make the video well. But smaller depends what I'm talking about in the video. Sometimes I'll move it this off to the side and will have, like, a picture here or some words, or I'll have a title up at the top. It'll make this move it down a little bit more, but you can see that with the shape, um, added to the webcam, it looks pretty cool. So that is how you take your webcam footage on Lee. You just basically remove the desktop footage so my desktop footage is still here. You can just quickly delete that now, if you want it the other way around and you only want your desktop than you would go ahead and delete this footage right here. So you would just keep this here. If you didn't want to show your face at all, then you would just keep this and then have your tutorial or whatever you're showing on the screen that way so you can choose to have one or the other or both. I do. I do all the mixes, so sometimes I only have this video. Sometimes I only have the desk up like if I'm not feeling up to being on camera or I'm sick or something, I just want my audio with the screen. I'll leave it like this or all have both together because I want more of a visual experience. Personally, the best I like toe have both when I'm doing the tutorial so that you guys can see my facial reaction as what's going on right now, I prefer this method, but sometimes I'm not feeling up to camera. So then I only have the desktop screen recorded. All right, so that is it. That is how you record your webcam on Lee. Our guys will thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 10. How To Record Audio Only Without Video: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to record audio Onley in Camped Asia and let's go through on how to record audio on Lee. It's going to record both your audio and your video and your screen. Currently, I don't have a Web cam attached here, and it's recording my screen and my audio at the same time. But if you have a webcam, it's going to record your audio, webcam and screen. It's the same concept, so you need to remove in this case the video and leave the audio and I'll show you two examples here. So this is a screen cast that I just recorded just before this video and is my voice as well as my screen because I was doing a tutorial on Amazon. Play a little bit here. So let's go through here and this drop down is getting okay. So that's my voice and the screen. Let's say I just want the audio because I'm going to be doing a narration for something for a project, and I'm going to have, like, other pictures and other videos and I don't want this on the screen because I'm gonna be adding things later on. So, as you can see here, the screen and the audio are one there, one unit, so you actually need to go and separate them. So you want to highlight this and you want to right click, and you want to click on a separate audio and video. It's going to separate that into two media files now the one here labeled screen very lightly and the other one here labeled Audio. So if you don't want this screen and you just want your audio, you just click delete. And now, if you listen there right now is a blank screen in my audio, and then you can go on, add pictures or whatever you want to it. So that's one way to just grab your audio from your screen cast. Now let's say you have your Web Camas. Well, let's I'm going to use this file here, So let's say here you have your your video, your webcam and your audio, so you want to do the same thing you want to right click separate audio from video, and then you see here this right here. When you see all little Jaggi things, that's your audio. Your video won't have that. So that's how you know which is audio, which is video. So I'm going to delete this and now so you can see here. And that's that is my audio from that video on Lee. So that's how you do it. That's how easy it is to record your audio Onley. Now, when you have this and you are doing a narration of some sort, let's say you want, you know, text to come up on the screen while you're doing it. Test right or you want pictures or other video clips, other stock footage, whatever you want. That is how you extract your audio on Lee to make those types of projects. Are guys Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 11. How To Add Text and Play Around With the Features: Hey, guys, has it going. It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to add text in Camp Tasia. All right, so we're here in Camp Tasia, and we're gonna play around with the text added in and just show you a bunch of different stuff that you can do with it. So first thing is from the media area, you want to head over to annotations, and you're going to see a whole bunch of stuff like this. And if you click on style right now, it's on basic. It's got a whole bunch of other types of mixture of shapes and text. So if you go toe all you'll see all the different kinds, and I generally stick to the basic. And I usually play around with either this kind of text, this kind of text for this kind of text. Sometimes this one So first thing here is if you want just plain text, then you can choose this one or this one. They're both pretty much the same. It's just one's bigger than the other. So if I drag down this one and then I'll drag down this one to show you and remove it. They're basically the same. Just the kind of just start you off with one smaller or one bigger. So let's just leave the bigger one. And to edit it, you want to double click on it until you have it highlighted and then you can go. Hi, my name is Jules, so you see how it's just shrunk itself. If you want it to be more spread out like let's say on one line, then you would just stretch this out. But then the fund got so big, so you don't want it. If you don't want it that big, then you can make it smaller. So when I stretch it out to make it on one line, it got it got bigger. But maybe I don't want it to be that big. So I would head over to the right hand side under the call out section. And these are some things that you can do to play around with the fund. So I'm gonna make it smaller just like that, or you could make it really big. And I think the maximum is size 500 so that's pretty huge. So let's just say I'll leave it right here now. Some other things that you can do are you can change the color now. You need to highlight it. Double click on it. And then let's say you want to change the color and you can change the color to see operable. Purple is my favorite color, but more of a blue purple. No, maybe over here, like an indigo type purple there, right. You can also use an exact hex code if you need to. If you know it or you can change it to the Are RGB A lot of people, it's either the hex code or people know they're RGB numbers. But if you don't know any of that, that's fine. You can literally just scroll up and down trying to find your color and just, you know, moving this around to find your color. You can also use the eyedropper, and this wherever this touches, it will get the exact color. So it this is the exact gray. It will get this color over here. It's like orangey red color, maybe like coral color. You'll get that. So that's another way to get an exact color as well. It's maybe let's leave it to that, cause it kind of like that color. You can also change the font now. It's usually default on this font, but you can change that. So let's say I want it to be this kind of a fun, and you can also go regular regular italics. Bold. Not all fonts have these features, so just be aware of that, even though you can choose that option. If that font doesn't come with that, then it's not going to do it. So this font doesn't have all that stuff, so it's not going to do any of this stuff, so you'll just have to play around with that. And you can also play around with the alignment so you can move things, too. Being aligned on left hand side center is where two usually add, and then there's the right hand side. And also, if you want to move it up to the top, it's also usually default to the center or down here at the bottom. Over here on this tab are some other features. Now it does come with a drop shadow, and you won't see it right now. You're not going to see it because I've got a black background, so you're not going to see the Shadow. But let's let me show you if I were to have a white background, no, just make this bigger here. Let's say I had a white background. You'll see that there's a shadow. There is a shadow behind the letters, and if you don't want that, you can remove it. So. But first, let's play around with the shadow before we go and delete the shadow. So right now, the shadow is at an angle where it's on the bottom, right? But if you click on this, then it's more in the center. Or, if you want it more on the left, on the side, up top left so you can move it all around. You can also play around with Howell ish like how thick the shadow is. So if you move this first, it's gonna like, look how far I made that shadow go. It's like separate, and you can make it more bolder, like stronger, and you could make it more blurry or less blurry to the point where it's actually another set of text. So you could make it like, a little blurry like that. And, you know, if you make a mistake and you're like, Oh, no, what were the original settings? Just click on this part right here, and it will set it to its original state, and it will go back to normal now if you don't want a shadow at all. And you just wanted just plain text right on the white, which I do like sometimes I don't like a shadow all the time. It depends on the kind of look that I'm going for. You just click X and then it removes the shadow altogether. And as you can see, you don't have a shadow at all. So it does give a different look. And if you want it back, you know Oh, no. I made a mistake. Just click control Z, and that will revert back to your latest change. Your latest action that you did. If you screw, that was the shadow portion. But if you scroll back up here, you'll have some more options. So if I go to capacity, I can make this a little more see through and a little more ghost like so if you want that kind of a look, and the scale is also a way of enlarging the fund as well. It's pretty much making the font size bigger because if you head over back to the text properties, you'll see that the font size has gotten larger. So is pretty much the same type of thing, and this rotation will allow you to rotate your letters in different ways. So if you click on this and you rotate it, then it's going to. If you want to do something silly like that, let's revert it back. And then if you rotate this way, then it looks like you know it's doing like a like it's more of a three D effect happening . You can revert back, and then this one is the opposite direction. So it looks like it's rolling around, which is kind of cool Have you add animations so that that will also look really cool? So that is the text section that is for the basic text, and it's pretty much the same for the text with shapes. It just comes with the shape so I'll just drag this one down here, and then it's just the shape as well. Now you have also text inside of the shape, and then you can sighs, resize the shape accordingly, however you'd like, and then you can do the same things. You can change the font, make this size bigger, align it, but you'll also have another set of properties here for the shape. If you click over here, you can change the color of the shape. And let's say I wanted to be blue and it also has an outline. So let's say I want that toe also be blue. And if you want, like a blue Grady int, you can also have something like that, or you can keep it to solid. That's fine, too. So it's also pretty much the same thing that just has another added bonus feature of the shape as well. So that is how you add text in Camped Asia, and that's how you play around with it as well. Our guys will thank you so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video 12. How To Use Audio Effects: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you guys how to use the audio effects in Camp Tasia. All right, so I'm in. Can't Asia here? And I've got a part of a video that I was just filming about some a Facebook tutorial, and I haven't edited the audio at all, so it's very raw, so I want to go through with you guys how I go about editing some audio. So first you want to head over. If it's not showing already in your little task bar here, you want to head over to more and go to audio effects. You're going to see these options here, and I'll show you what I usually use. So I'm gonna play a little bit of the current audio. So if you want to add new people, you want to head to assign a new page role and let's just say okay, I wanted to add okay, so you can hear a little bit of background noise. And so what I do is click on the audio effects here and I dragged down noise removal to the audio. Now it's gonna pop up something like this here on the side. First, I'm gonna play it to see what it did and to toe listen for the difference. So if you want to add new people, you want to head to assign a new page role and let's just say so you can hear the difference. It made it a lot better. So if I click out of it and play it again, So if you want to add new people, you want to head to a city, listen carefully. You can hear like a and it it took it out. So I'm gonna put that back on now. Depending on your microphone and settings, you may need to play around with the gain, sensitivity and amount. I usually don't need to, but if I do, I will be playing around with the amount. Usually I'm lowering it, and then I'm raising the sensitivity, but in this case, I don't need to touch it. So I don't need to play around with this. If you if it sounds a lot better to you in its of your settings, if it's the choice that you want, then leave it. But if you want to play around with it more than you can go do that in the noise removal settings Now the fade in and fade out. I use that for when I'm using music. So if I'm doing like a vlog or something and you know the long has ended. But then the song still continues, but I needed to fade out. Then I would put a fade out on that instead of the song just abruptly ending because the video has ended. You want to put a fade out and it will fade it out nicely. So all just put a fade out here like, I'll play this without the fade out and then I'll play with and you can change it to admin , which would have the same. Okay, so now I'm gonna put the fade out and you'll see that it added like a slant here and it's gonna fade me out while I'm talking. It's on default editor, and you can change it to admin, which would have the same so you can hear the audio fading out slowly, and the same thing is for fade in. You can fade in at the beginning of a clip, and it's gonna do the exact same thing. But on the other side in the beginning now, I very rarely use volume leveling, but it's basically you would need to use it if your audio was like, like, let you have some low parts and then some really loud parts That can be hard on the year while people are listening to your videos. So if you wanted to level it out, you can use that. But I very rarely use that. So that is how I used the audio effects in Camp Tasia. As you can see, it's really super simple to do. If you have a decent microphone, the noise removal when you add that onto the audio should be good enough, and that's pretty much what we do. So the current microphone that I'm using right now is called the I Find technology USB microphone, and it's a really decent, good mike. It's like less than $30 on. This is pretty much our go to microphone for what we use for these kinds of videos. Thank you guys so much for watching, and I'll see you in the next video 13. How To Add And Install New Fonts: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you how to add slash Install new fonts on Camp Tasia. Alright, so can't. Asia comes with a certain amount of phones that are already pre installed and they're very good. There's quite a big selection. But when you start getting into some creative projects, you might not find the phone that you want. For example, when I was editing REITs music videos, I wanted a space type font and they didn't really have any, so I had to install a new one, and it's free and easy to do. So first, I'm gonna head over to the text and I'm gonna show you guys, Let's just drive this down here. So this is a list of the fonts that kept Asia has. Now I've already installed a bunch of different kinds, usually more for creative projects I don't really use. Use them for, like, our YouTube channel. They're usually for the music videos. So here, right here was font right here. Alien encounters that was not a preinstalled font. So you can see here that we just put that is the alien encounters font, And that's kind of like a space type font that I downloaded that I wanted to use in one of the music videos. So let me show you how to do this. First you want to head on Google and you want to type in. Well, let's say you know the exact kind of fun that you want, So let's say it's lips free space fonts, maybe go online. Okay, so I usually go to 1000 and one phone stock calm. But there, as you can see, that there are a bunch of different websites I've used de font dot com before as well. But let's click on this one. So if you know the exact type, just type in that kind of fun. So free country style fonts, free Halloween, fonds, anything like that. If you know the exact kind of category, you can even go free. Bold fonts, free large fonts because there was a time where I needed to find, like, a really thick, large font. And then, from here, you can just scroll down and see all the different kinds of phones that they offer. Now I like this website because it lets you know if you can use it for either personal use or if you can use it for commercial use. So if you are going to be putting it on, for instance, that space won't that I used for a REITs music video. I wanted to make sure that it was free for commercial use so that I could put it on her YouTube channel, and it potentially earn ad revenue. And potentially she makes sales from song downloads so you can scroll down here and see what kinds of fonts they usually have a whole bunch of. I mean, they have, like thousands and thousands of funds. You can also filter out the ones that are free for commercial use. You can click on that, and it's gonna just show you exactly what ones like this is a cool one right here. Moon dance. That's a very cool space type font. I like that one. So let's say I want moon dance and it says here you know the green dollar sign free for commercial use. Great. I like the font. You can also click into it and you can see sometimes I'll show you like a test of it. And here you can actually type in. Let's see my name. And it's gonna show you your test text what it would look like in that font. So I kind of like it. It's kind of abstract. So you can either download it from here or you can head back. Let's head back to the other main page that was showing all the other funds. Okay, so let's say I want this one. This was the moon dance one, and you can click download from here or by clicking into it and seeing the details. But I'm gonna click download from here. All right, so it just downloaded a zip folder. Now you want to we're gonna put this on our desktop right now. I'm gonna drag this onto my desktop, and then I'm going to right click, and I'm gonna click extract all because you want to extract the fonts. The one fund. Sometimes they have different variations of that fund, but you want to extract it, you want to click extract, and it's going to the folders gonna pop up here. And then it's also going to create a folder on your desktop as well right here, moon dense. So let's go to the folder and here you right click where it actually shows the type of font and you want to right click and you want to click Install now it just installed it. It actually installs it on your entire computer. So when you go and open word document when you open photo shop, when you open any other kind of software that uses fonts, you'll have this font already pre installed. So it's not just installing it on Cam Tasia. It's installing it on a whole bunch of places on your computer. So when you install it, you actually need to restart kempt Asia, and then you're going to find your font in alphabetical order. So right now it's not going to show up because I haven't restarted my computer because I'm recording this right now. But, ah, they'll have mood. I already have one called Moonbeam, but there isn't going to be another one called Moon Dance when I the next time I click out of, I have to exit Camped Asia and then restart the program. You don't need to restart your entire computer. Just restart the Camp Tasia program So that's how you do it. That is how you install fonts for free on camped Asia. It's really cool finding these cool new fonts, cause you can get really artistic and really creative by just adding new fonts to your camp . Tasia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 14. How to zoom and pan: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you guys how to zoom in and out. All right? So I'm here on the camp Tasia dashboard, and I'm just gonna drag in a test video that I've got here, and I'm just gonna clip it so that we just have a small portion of it, and then I'm going to mute it. All right, so we've got this test video here, and let's show you how to zoom in and out. So you actually need to head over to the animations tab, and right here it will likely already be on the zoom and pan feature. Now, it can get a little bit tricky to use this, but you just need to play around with it, too. Get used to the feature. So how this works is there's already a rectangle and you need to use it to zoom in or out. So you need to size it and and shape it. Now the thing is, it's on lee a rectangle, and you don't have, like, a circular zoom or anything like that. So let's say I want to zoom in on the top left corner area. I would grab from over here and I would make the rectangle smaller until I get to the area that I want now from here, I could actually move this box if I want to be more specific and get in that area now. What that will do is create an arrow thing where I started. Zoom. So at this point, the zoom is going to have completed, so we'll just play it for you. And it zoomed up really quickly as you saw. But if you want to stretch out the time of the zoom, you grab this and you stretch out the arrow. You see how it's now a yellow arrow on its stretched out. Well, that's going to stretch out the time of zooming in. So I'm going to press play. So now it's going to take longer. Whereas before it was really fast, almost instant, I can stretch it out even more if I want, and it's going to go slower and slower the more you stretch out the arrow. Now I'm going to stretch it back Now. The thing with the zoom and pan is that when you zoom in or zoom out. It's going to stay in that position on the one clip that you have until you change it. So after it's zoomed in, it's just going to stay there in zoomed in on that position until I do something about it. So oftentimes you want to zoom in on something and then zoom back out. So let's say I want to zoom back out here. You need to position the rectangle and stretch it back out to your original form Now I originally had it here. Now just be careful, because you can actually zoom out even further and go past your original screen size. So you just want to be aware of where you had it previously, and it's usually the exact size of the clips, so you can see that it hit yellow there. That's what I had it at originally. And if you go here, it will hit yellow, which means that was the size that I originally had it at. So you can see that when I zoomed tobacco, it created another arrow thing. So we'll play it from the beginning, is going to zoom in. It's going to stay there until it hits the other arrow and then zoom back out. So that's how you zoom in and zoom out. When you either zoom enters amount, it's going to stay in that position until you get it back to until you actually revert it back. So just know if you're going to zoom in, you're gonna have to zoom out unless you want to leave it zoomed in the entire time. Then that's fine. And just know that you're Zuman will happen wherever this cursor is. So if you don't want it to be at that position, then you're like, Oh, I was actually wanting the zoom in over here. You need to move this cursor first and then go on, zoom in because it will start it at that point, wherever this cursor is, you can also move these so you can also move the arrows. But it's in my opinion. I find it easier to use this so that you know, okay, in that point in the video, that's where I wanted to zoom in. Or that's where I needed to zoom out. Now that zooming in and out, let me show you how to pan across pan across videos. So I'm just gonna click on these And if you make a mistake and you're like, Oh, no, I didn't want that kind of zoom. You can just click on them, Bill, turn yellow and then you can just click the backspace to delete them. So let's say I want a pan across, so I want to zoom in to this section and then I just wanna pan across. So I want to start it from here. I put my cursor, I'm gonna zoom in here and I wanted to start from the middle, right? And then I'm going to stretch it out because I wanted to go on for a bit. And then here's were I want to pan across the screen so we'll move it over here and then move this over. Here is where I want everything to go back to Original. So I'm gonna put it back to where I found it. Okay, so now I'll press play and you can see all of the effects I just did. So I zoomed into the middle there. It's going to stay there. Then it's gonna go across, and then it's gonna zoom back out now you can make things a little smoother if you want it to be more continuous. If you didn't like those space gaps, you can stretch things out. I mean, there's loads of things that you can do with these specifications. But you see, I connected them. So now you'll seem a little bit more of a fluid movement. So we're gonna go zoom in now it's gonna slide, and now we're gonna zoom out. So you concede it was more of one fluid movement rather than it zooming in, pausing for the space and then pausing again and then zooming out. So now just keep in mind that when I do stretch out the arrows, I am slowing down the time. So you, if you didn't want the time to be slowed down, you can scrunch everything up if you wanted and then make everything a lot faster, so I'll play it again. What's gonna do, man? Go faster, decide and then zoom out. So that's how you create a zoom and pan type movement again. You'll need to play around with it. It is a little bit confusing in the beginning, but just tested out. Tried, try doing what I'm doing, zooming in, zooming out at different points in your video panning and you'll eventually get the hang of it. So that is how you zoom and pan in kempt Asia. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 15. How to use behaviors: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna show you guys how to use behaviors in kempt Asia. All right, So behaviors are pre made animations that the kempt Asiatech Smith team came up with and they added them in the Camp Tasia Library under the tab Behaviors. So they're basically animations, and I'll show you how I use them. Now you can add these two videos, pictures, text, anything like that. You can't add them to audio, though. I've got some media here and let's start off with this video. But I'll just chopped a part of it and delete the rest, and I'm just going to mute it. Okay, so let's say we have this clip right here, and they have a whole bunch of different kinds of behaviors, and if you hover over them, you can see what approximately what they'll do. So this is their example based on text, But it might look different when you do it on media. So let's say shifting. We want to add that onto this media, so I'm gonna place it here on the video and you can see that it turns greens. All I did was drag it from here and put it on here. Now I'm going to press play and see what it looks like. So that's what it does for the video. And then the behavior is going to have the V as you can see, like the videos like moving up and down slightly, and then at the end there it just flew back up. So there's a bunch of different things that you can do. Once you've added a behavior on video text pictures, you can edit its features of what it's doing, and each one is different because they all have different kinds of features. So for here style, it's shifting right on. The movement is spring, and the tension here is seven. You can play around with this and let's say I want 10 10 for the tension. We can play that play that okay, and then, if we want to reduce it toe one. When I click play and you can see that it's like a bouncy ball. It went really crazy. So if you want, if you don't want it to be as aggressive and strong, you want more tension. You put it to 10. Their standard one was seven. So as you can see, it's more of a gentle slidin. But then when you put it to one, it was like Crazy was bouncing all over the place. It's like a basketball. It's not gonna be like this for every behavior because, like I said, every behavior does different things. So there might not be tension on the reveal. It might be something else, so you can customize that within each behavior. So you're going to see three tabs here in during and out. That's what's happening when the behavior comes in during the behavior and when the behavior goes away. So during sometimes during a behavior on a clip or text, I don't want it to do anything, so I'll go click on none, and then nothing will happen during the behavior on that clip. But I'll leave it like this right now, and you can see that they have all different kinds of features. Now again, you can play around with things. The loop time, the delay loops, plural, loop it forever. If you don't want it to loop, you can uncheck that and then when you are doing the out part of the behavior. You can change the movement. You can change the speed at which it leaves the right. Now it's at 93%. But let's say we want it at 11%. So let's play that it's plate from here. So it's moving a lot slower than when it was at 93. Were we at 93% so you can see it moved much faster at 93%. And that's the cool thing about behaviors is you can change it around so you can leave them , as is the way that Camp Tasia, Maitham or you can edit each one. And sometimes I just use them as is, and sometimes I really edit them and I really change it up. And then, if you don't want that behavior on that video anymore or on the picture, you can just click X and then it's gone. You don't have the behavior on here anymore, so let's say we want to add a behavior on some text. I'm just going to delete this head back over to annotations, and then let's drag some text here and then go back to Behaviors and then let's say pop up , put that there, stretch it out a bit. Press play And you can see that the letters sort of popped up slowly, and now they're like doing a little dance. Specifications for each behavior are going to be different, so this one also has tension. But it also has direction as well, so we can make it happen from right now. It's happening from the bottom, but we can make it happen from the right, and this is I'm editing for the in position. So let's play it. So they opened from the right. As you can see again, you can play around with the features and during, Let's say during this part, I don't want it to do anything because it was doing sort of like a dance thing. But let's say I don't I don't want that so you can go none, and it won't do it during this behavior. Then you can head over. Let's see what it does for out so they're gonna fall down forward. So let's say I want them to go from the left and you can change the speed as well. So click play, they fold the other direction they fold to the left. So as you can see, you can really get creative with the behaviors. Highly recommend adding them in your videos. They're really cool toe. Add like let's say if you're speaking and you have some text pop up and a text bubble pops up or just regular text or photo, it adds a cool feature. When you know the photo drops in or it pops in or like balances in. It looks really cool. Alright guys. So that is how you use behaviors in kempt Asia. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 16. How to add music to your videos: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how toe add music to your videos in camp Tasia. All right, So before I show you how to add music, I want to show you first where to get music. So I'm here on YouTube right now, and YouTube is where I generally grab music from free copy of right free music. You want to make sure that it's free and that its copyright free those air Two very different things because you can actually get copyright free music that isn't free that you need to pay for. So I'm gonna show you the first method and then the second method. So the first method is to actually find YouTube, channels that have music for free that you can use in your videos. So the first thing you want to type in is free copyright music, and then you want to head over to filter and go to channel, because that's gonna allow you to see a bunch of different YouTube channels on YouTube that offer free copyright free music. So you can see here music for content creators. And there's another channel here and another channel, and there's lots of channels now. One of the most popular ones is this one. It's called no copyright sounds, as you can see their huge. They have 20 million subscribers, and I remember when they only had a couple 1,000,000 subscribers, and a lot of their songs are actually playing on Spotify or on the radio. I've heard them before, and so I get a lot of my songs from here and I switch it up because sometimes you know I don't have the right feel for the song. Well, you can go to this channel or go to this channel. The whole point of filtering out for channels is so that you can actually see each channels like their whole folder full of music. Now let's say we want to go here. I'm gonna click on it and open it, and you can go videos within their channel and see all the different kinds of videos and songs that they have to use for free. Now let's say I like one of them. I'll click it. Kill me. Okay, let's just pretend that I wanted this song. You want to make sure by heading into the description, you know that they have a download link for you to download. And it says here that, um, you know, you want to give the proper credit. So it says here when you are using this track, we simply ask that you put this in your description. So you literally just copy that. And you would put that in your YouTube description if you were uploading a video to YouTube using this song. If you're not putting it on YouTube, you're putting it on your website. You do need to give some sort of credit to the actual creators of the song. It's kind of like the whole deal. It's like, here's this free song. But then, you know you need to give credit to the person that actually created it. So you basically click on this and it would be a download, and then you would actually have the MP four on your desktop in a folder, usually in your downloads. That's one way of getting ah, free music from YouTube. Another way is in the actual YouTube dashboard, and I'll just head into their now. So you want to head over to create, and here they have an audio library. Now they're always adding to this library, and so they've got a lot of great tracks. I remember when they first started the quality on YouTube for music wasn't that great, But now they actually have some really good ones. So, like I said, they're always adding in new songs and you can see here new. You can also filter by a whole bunch of different things so you can filter by mood. So if you have a happy blawg, a dramatic blawg, something sad, you can choose a type of mood. You can also choose a duration. So if your if your video, you know for sure it's gonna be between four and five minutes long, then you might want to choose a song that's between four and five minutes long and not a song that's a minute long, because then you'll either have to repeat that song or grab more songs to fill in that space. You can also click over here and play like a preview of it, things like cinematic inspirational. Alright, it's got an interesting feel to it. Not sure if I would put that is totally cinematic. But that's OK. You can download the song from here and again. It will show up in your downloads or somewhere on your desktop. And those are the two main ways that I use to grab music. So once you have your audio files, you want to head back to Camp Tasia, right? So we're back here now I want to add my song into the media. Been so What you do is you click either import here or you can go file import media, but I usually just click this. It's way easier. So you go plus button import media. There was a track I had here that I downloaded. Okay. And audio is gonna look like that. And then I'm gonna Let's pretend I'm gonna place a video. Let's say I'm just gonna chop that delete it. This for the example. I'm gonna mute this and then the song here, you literally just place it on the timeline. Now, I usually place the song at the very bottom of the tracks. I usually place it at track one just so I know that it's at the bottom because I'm usually building on top with like text effects, different media pictures, a whole bunch of different things that you know, I don't want to have Things be so messy if I have more types of media. So I'd rather just leave the music down at the bottom, cause I know it's unlikely that I'm going to be chopping it up or playing around with it. So you'll know that it's audio because you can actually see the audio waves here and the music. I'll just play a little bit of it. That's the song I used this in one of our vlogs recently when we went snowshoeing up in here and Grouse Mountain in Vancouver. But, yeah, that's how you add music. It's really simple to do. You literally need to make sure that you download copyright free music first and then imported into your library and then place it on your timeline wherever you see fit. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see you in the next video 17. How to use cursor effects: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you guys how to use the cursor effects in kempt Asia. All right, so the cursor effects are when you are using your mouth on screen doing a tutorial on screen and you're clicking around and you want to draw attention to your cursor, your mouse and what you're pointing to. So I just filmed some test footage right here, and it was just me playing around. All right, so this is some test footage here that I'm gonna use for the cursor effects. I'm gonna click over here, click that click back, click that click that and this is the test footage. All right, so that was some test footage, and there were no cursor effects on. It's just regular mouse on the screen. So now I'm gonna add cursor effects, and you guys can see if you guys want to use this in your videos. So first thing you want to do is head over to cursor effects. Now, it might not show up here. It might be in the more section cause things kind of rotate around, so if it's not already there, then click more and it should be in here. So I'm gonna click cursor effects and you've got a couple of different options here. So you've got cursor highlight, magnify spotlight and then these two other tabs, which is left, click and right click. All right, so someone would typically use this if they're doing a tutorial video and they're pointing around on the screen and they just want to draw attention to where their mouth is. These are the cursor effects that are going to do that, and you'll see which ones that you guys would want to use because this is the highlight one and that that's going to do like a yellow circular thing and then magnify. If something's like tiny on the screen, you could magnify that and then spotlight. It's actually going to create a spotlight where the mouse is and it's gonna dark and everything else. So for sure, you're going to see it when you use cursor spotlight. Okay, so first thing is, let's do highlight and see what that one looks like. So I'm going to drag it and it's gonna Onley. Allow me to drag it on the screen portion. Now you can only do cursor effects when you record through camped Asia with their screen recording. If you just have a regular video of you not using the mouse or not using a screen record, you're not gonna be able to do this effect. So it has to be through Camped Asia's screen recording. So I'm gonna click play because I have the the cursor highlight on now and play the same clip. All right, so this is some test footage here that I'm gonna use for the cursor effects. I'm gonna click over here, click that click that click that click That and this is the test footage. Okay, So as you can see, there was a yellow circle happening so that it draws people's attention. You can see where the mouse is that you can actually change. This color doesn't have to be yellow. You can change to whatever color you want. And you can actually make the size of the circle larger or smaller. Or you could make it like more. Ah, fuzzy, more blurry. Or if you wanted to just be a perfect circle, you can do that as well. And you can also make it more see through. If you don't want it to be as harsh as it originally started, you can make it lighter as well. So if you don't want that and you won't try something else, you just click X here and it will delete the effect off of your most. So now let's do magnify add that on and then play the same clip. All right, so this is some test footage here that I'm gonna use for the cursor effects. I'm gonna click over here, click that click that click that click That and this is the test footage. So this effect will work best when you are going to click on, like, a button or something, because it will magnify that. So because I was just waving the mouse around in the video, you didn't really see it magnify to its full effect. You can sort of slightly see it here right now where this portion in the circle is bigger. Like you can see the numbers Ah, lot more clear than the numbers that aren't magnified. So works best when you are pointing to some words on the screen. And again you can play around with the details of the magnify so you can make the magnify a larger or you can zoom and even more. If you want it to zoom in even more, you can add more of a shadow, making it of its kind of basically like a border. And then you can make it softer or more harsh, more clear. So I'm gonna click X to remove that, and then we'll add the cursor, spotlight and click play. All right, so this is some test footage here that I'm going to use for the cursor effects. I'm gonna click over here. Click lad, Click that click that Click that. So, as you can see it darkens everything else and it on Lee does a spotlight, um, around the mouse area again. You can play around and make this about like, bigger or smaller. Make it more harsh. Make it more soft. So you soft harsh. You can play around with the saturation, get darker or lighter get. If you don't want that, you could just remove it as well. So now let's head over to the left click. I didn't use any right clicking in the actual video so I won't be able to do that. But let's use the left click cause I was clicking left click button throughout that whole little test video there. So now let's add left click rings. So this is gonna this ring is gonna happen every time I click on the screen. Right? So this is some test footage here that I'm gonna use for the cursor effects. I'm gonna click over here, click that click that click that click That and this is the test footage. So it's kind of cool because it creates, like, a little animation of a circular red circle. Um, coming out of the mouths whenever I click on the left clicks. That's cool. You can also change the color of that. If you have certain branding and you want the change, the color, he can also change the size and the duration. Let's remove that and add the ripple effects. All right, so this is some test footage here that I'm going to use for the cursor effects. I'm gonna click over here, click that so it does kind of like a wave thing. If you want it to be, like, just a little more subtle. It has this wave thing. So click that and then this is gonna do like, Ah, it's almost like a target. This is also a target agreeing target. But I'll show you it's gonna be right. So this is more obvious. I'm gonna click over here. Click that so that's what that one looks like. They call it Left Click Scope and then we'll add Target. So this is some test footage. I'm gonna click over here. Click that again. All these you can change the color, the sizes and the duration got of that. Now let's do left click sound. So add that and then click, please. I'm gonna click over here. Click that so it's It's more of in obvious sounding mouse click. If you want it to be more obvious, you can do that. You can even raise the volume, and you can change it from either mouse click or laptop click. Let's hear what the laptop click sounds like. I'm gonna click over here. Click that so if you want the mouse clicking to be more obvious, you can add the left, click or right click sound. So that is how you add cursor effects in Kem Tasia. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 18. How To Add Subtitles: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna show you guys how to do. Subtitles in Kem Tasia All right, so let me show you guys an example of some close captioning Subtitles that I did on a video for one of our clients. They are a security company, and they we did videos for them. Like we filmed and edited some videos and then after they wanted some subtitles to be added to their videos. So I'm just gonna play a little bit of the video so you guys can understand what I'm talking about. When you choose just security and sound, you can expect quality and reliability from the products we use to the service. We provide our access control system installations are uniquely tailored to your needs and allow you to manage who enters and leaves. Your premise is simply punch in a pre authorized code, swipe a card or fought for access. All right, so you see all that text down at the bottom. That's subtitles or close captioning. So you see all that text at the bottom that is thes subtitles that I'm gonna show you how to add in your videos. Now let's head over to kempt Asia, and I have that same video that you just saw, and we're going to do the exact same thing now. To make this process easier, I found that you need to already know the script of the video. It's going to make it go a lot faster. You can do the manual way of typing it out as you hear it, but that's obviously going to take longer. So this works well if you've already got a script. So when we did this video for this company, a read actually wrote out a script that you know, the voice over was supposed to say. So we already had the text ready to go, which makes it a lot easier to do this kind of process. If you have to listen to a video and do it manually, it's going to take longer. Okay, so now that we have the video, let's go to the close captioning area. So you want to click captions? It's like captions and subtitles. They're basically the same thing, So you want to start when the voice starts speaking, so I'm just gonna lengthen this here on the timeline. And I'm just gonna play a little little bit of the video, and I'm going to stop it when the voice starts happening on the video when you chew. It was about there, and I can actually see it on the timeline that this gets a little larger than this part here. So that means that it's getting loud or something's louder. So in this case, it's the voice because she's speaking. So then you want to click? Add captions. Now, what I like to do is I like to, um, create little sections for the pauses in speaking. So before I even start typing out anything, I'm actually going to lengthen this a little bit and I'm gonna play it, and I'm gonna listen to the section that I want to have show up on the screen at one time because you don't want to do like a subtitle Close captioning thing where you have, like, a whole paragraph on the screen it's gonna look messy, and people reading are gonna have a hard time reading because it's not happening in real time. You generally want thes subtitles and captions toe happen when the person is speaking on the video. So I'm gonna press the play button here. I've stretched it out. I'm gonna press the play button here. When you choose just security and sound, you can expect quality and reliability. Okay, so that's where I want it to end Quality and reliability because you can hear there's like a Paul is happening. When you choose just security and sound, you can expect quality and reliability from the products. What yet? So she did a pause there. So I'm gonna ended at reliability. When you choose just security and sound, you can expect quality and reliability. Okay, so it's around right about here, and then I wanna shorten this to that section, and I'm going to click on it again. And however this little thing over it, and I'm gonna play it, and I want it to end off right when it says reliability. So you want to make sure that that you size it accordingly. When you choose just security and sound, you can expect quality and reliability when you choose, just secure. So that's good in that. And this button here is gonna keep replaying and replaying until you click stop. So that's kind of the good thing is it's just going to keep going and going until you get it. So I've gotten it, and now I want to go to my script because that's gonna make it easier. So I'm here on the script right now that a Reed wrote out and I said that I wanted to end it at reliability. So is right here. When you choose just security and sound you you can expect quality and reliability. So right there, if I have it already written out, it's gonna make it easier, because all I need to do is just copy and paste. If I had to listen to that, I would probably need to listen to it a bunch more times if I didn't know what was actually being said. So is best if you already have a script. So now I'm going to go back, and I'm gonna place that I'm going to go control V, and that's in there. And this size of text is really big. So I wanted to go smaller. So what I do is I'm gonna highlight it. Click this a arrows button and I'm gonna lower. Besides you can change the font color and the Phil if you want the fill in to be a different color, and I'll show you what the filling is. So I generally like to have one or two lines of text on the screen because it's gonna look a lot cleaner when you only have one or two lines and you have the font a little bit smaller. So I'm gonna show you what I mean and to check out what it looks like on the actual screen . You just click right here and you click out like on the outer part of the video, and you can see it right here. When you choose just security and sound, you can expect quality and reliability. It's like a one line. It's not too big, and it's it just looks clean. If I were to have, like, a whole paragraph there, it wouldn't look very good. So I'm not done editing that. So I'm going to go and click back into it and you just click into it. And then in this box right here, you can alter you can change things around if you misspell Tory. If you left out a word you can add it in there And then, like I said, when you click here, you can change the property so you can have the text. Bold italics change the font to change the color of the font size of the font, and the filling is black. You saw that there was like a little fill in here. This right here is black. I used to go back into it. You can change the color of that if you want. Generally it is a black, and then this opacity means that it's slightly see through. And let's usually how they do. Subtitles on the screen is that background for the font font is slightly see through, and it's not like a full black bar on the bottom of the screen. You can also do the alignment of the actual text, so I generally have it in the center, So I'm gonna click, highlight it and then click center, and then you'll see that it's more in the center and it looks good. So now when I'm done that part and I want to continue one, I'm going to click the plus button here, and it's going to add another blank caption section and I'm going to press, play and see you what that part covers. And then if I need to shorten it or stretch it out. So I'm gonna click play from the products we use to the service. We provide our access from the products we use. So I'm gonna pause that, and I'm going to stretch it out because she's still talking. And let's maybe put it there and see what happens from the products we use to the service we provide our access control system Installations are uniquely tailored to your needs from the product suite. Okay, I think I need to search it out a little bit more from the products we use to the service. We provide our access control system installations are uniquely tailored to your needs and allow you to manage who at from the product a little bit more from the products we use to the service. We provide our access control system installations are uniquely tailored to your needs and allow you to manage who enters and leaves your premises. Ok, so I'm gonna shorten that because that's where I wanted to end on premises. So I'm gonna play it one more time, and I know that this is really repetitive, But this is what happens when you are adding captions and subtitles. You need to play it over and over again to get it right from the products we use to the service. We provide our access control system installations are uniquely tailored to your needs and allow you to manage who enters and leaves your premises. OK, products. So that's good. Now I'm gonna head over to the script again and grabbed that part from an ended on premises . Okay, so it was from come here gonna copy that Pasted in here. This is probably gonna be two lines. Now, you'll see here that this all section here is in white. And then here, this line here is in gray. That means that part's going to get cut out, and they don't allow you to have that much on the screen at once. So that's fine, because I don't want that much anyway. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna fixed the spacing here cause it's a little bit messed up , and I'm actually gonna make this fond slightly smaller to bring it to two lines so have highlighted it. And I'm gonna lower this until I see two lines. There we go. 35. That looks OK. The alignment stays the same. Gonna click over here to see it. And then from here Now, from here, you might be like, Well, that's small, Jewell. Okay, well, if people are watching this on full screen, it's actually quite large and quite big. And it's very visible when you have it full screen playing on screen. So now I'm going to click here, and I'm gonna play it to make sure that's right. From the products we use to the service, we provide our access control system installations are uniquely tailored to your needs and allow you to manage who enters and leaves your premises. So now I'm gonna click out of it, and I'm gonna play it to see what it looks like on the screen. Like regular from the products we use to the service. We provide our access control system installations are uniquely tailored to your needs and allow you to manage who entered. Okay, so it looks good to me. And if you are curious as to you know what this looks like on full screen. This is how you check out your video in full screen. You want to head over here? Detach canvas. I know this is a weird way to go full screen, um, detach canvas and then in large, this part. Then it goes full screen. So we're not even at full screen, full screen, and you can see that this text is a good size for the screen. So now I'm going to minimize this and you just click reattach canvas, and then it goes right back in there. But that's how you see full screen. So basically, that is how you add subtitles Close captioning onto your video and you would do that throughout your whole video until you're done. Now you need to make sure that you do this part while rendering the video. Otherwise, your captions will not show up on the video. The first time that I tried doing this, I would render the video and close captioning was not there. And it was super frustrating. And I actually spent hours trying to figure why the close captioning was not showing up on the video. And it will show you why. And I'll show you how to fix it, because it was quite frustrating when it first happened. So let's say I'm done. I'm ready to render the video. You wanna click share head over to local file. You want to make sure to click custom production settings. Click next. You want to click this one here. MP four. Smart Player. Click Next. Then you want to head over all the way to options, and you'll see here. Captions. Make sure that that is checked that is checked, but you want to make sure caption type is burned in. You need to make sure that your caption type is burned in captions so that it physically shows on the video. When you render it for your finalized version and then you'll get you can actually see it on your video like I showed you in the examples. Once you've done that, then you can just basically click next. You don't really need to touch any of this stuff. Click next. If you have your video saved, it will show your your production name, or you can add it in here when you click finish. Then it's going to start rendering, and then your video will have your subtitles and close captioning in it. So that is it. That is how you add close captioning Subtitles in your videos in camp Tasia Make sure that you do that last step before you actually render your videos or else they won't show up. Thank you guys so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 19. How To Use The Color Correction Feature: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna show you guys how to do color correction in the Kem Tasia. So I've got a test video here right now. I'm just gonna drag it down and I'm gonna mute the audio. And it's of worry to my business partner. Now, for some reason, with certain video media files, it does this like, faded. Look on the video now it doesn't happen to all cameras in particular, this happens to my Nikon d 5500. Whenever I extract footage from it, it does this really light faded Look, But when I extract footage from my GoPro, it's much more full and vibrant. But that's okay that it does this because I'm going to do some color correction on it. So right now, as you can see, it's like got a light haze O r. Something happening over it, some kind of filter, and I'm just gonna drag the same thing again, and I'm gonna mute it so that I can show you a comparison of the two. So the 1st 1 I'm just gonna highlight it by clicking on it and then you want to head over to modify, go to add effect, visual effects and then color adjustment. If you click color rise, then it's just gonna put a color filter over the whole thing, and it's not actually going to adjust the colors, so I'll show you. So you're just gonna put this neon and green filter? And if you're going for that kind of effect, cool. You could. Actually, if you did this on some dark footage, it'll make it look like it's like night vision type feel, and you can make. Obviously, the screen is a little bit too bright, but that's what happens when you do colorize, so that's not what you want to click. So I'm gonna exit out of that and then I'll go over to add effect under modify visual effects and then color adjustment. Now it's going to make the video black and white, and that's okay. For some reason, that's like the default. But you want to play around with the color adjustment area here, so these air my general settings that I tend to do for my videos. Now I may go less. I may go more with some of the settings, but this is generally what I do to make the video look better with color. So I'm the type of person that likes, um, vibrant colors, and I like it to be loud generally. So what I'm doing is I'm lowering the contrast and I'm bringing the saturation of and then I have to lower the brightness down because it's way too bright and then I'll just play around with it. It's honestly, you need to just play around cause with each video is going to be different. Not always the same, but generally so. I like to have colors really pop out, so I like to have the blacks be really deep and, you know, the skin color pop out. So I'm going to raise the saturation just a little bit, and I'll just, you know, you just kind of move it back and forth to tweak a little bit. And maybe it was too much. And if you make a mistake, you can just click on this little arrow cause it will revert back to its original settings or you can click X, and it will remove it all together off the video. So I think I just want just a little bit more contrast. Okay, so this is what it looks like now, and this is what it was before. So as you can see, huge difference before after. I mean, sorry after before this was the before. So let me just all arrange it so that you guys can see it side to side and actually get like, a full comparison here. So all just make like that and then we'll put the other one and then cool like this and then So as you can see, side by side, this one's the before, and this one's after. This one is much more dim. Faded. You know, Del, in my opinion, this one right here is more colorful. It the black is more deep in the shirt and you can see her skin color a little bit more. And just the overall tone of the video is Scott in a bit brighter. So you can see right here, you know, just play it and you can see that this one on the right is much better. In my opinion now you can tweak it around like I said, you can make it brighter if you want. Make it darker. Um, lessen the saturation. It's really up to you. But this is generally how I would improve something like this here with this video. If I had something that looked like this, I would probably make it more vibrant and look like this. So that is how you do color correction in Kem Tasia on your videos. Like I said, super simple to do. You just literally need to play around with it. And just week things generally I have the contrast lower. I bring up the saturation and I bring down the brightness because they start off with the brightness pretty high. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 20. How To Make a Slow Motion / Sped Up Video: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you guys how to do slow motion in your videos. All right, So I'm here in Camp Tasia and I've got a test video from a couple summers ago when we went to a splash park and I'll play the clip in original speed and then we will do slow motion on it. So here's the original clip. All right, so that was the original clip. So nothing has been altered on that, and now we can dio slow motion on it. First, you want to make sure that it's highlighted and then right click and you go ad clip speed. Now, even though it says add clip speed, you're actually going to slow it down. And you can also speed it up a swell. So right now, when you do add clip speed, a couple of things, they're gonna happen first. You're going to see this bar happen at the bottom of the video clip, which is in blue, and it's going to say 1.0 times, and it's also going to say that over here, so it's going to say your clip speed and it's 1.0 And right now this clip is 13 seconds long. Now, if I want to slow down the video, I need to lower this number. So I'm gonna lower down by 25% and I'm gonna go zero point 75 and then just click onto this area here. You can click over here if you want, and you can see that it extended this video clip. So now it went from 13 seconds to 17 seconds. And now I'm gonna play the same clip now. Okay. So you can see that it altered the voice as well. It's slowing down my voice. So let's try 50% and see what that looks like. A swell. So delete. 50%. Click over here. Okay, lets go. Scroll down here and now it's 26 seconds long, Soul. And it got even longer. Soul played again. It sounds so weird. Okay, lets go even. Let's try a little slower. Let's go. 25 0.25 So we've now that will slow it down by 75%. Now when you start to slow down, it might bring down the quality of the video. So I'm gonna play it. You can see it's a little more choppy now, slowing it down by 75%. So it is making it a little bit more pixels because it's so slow now in the frames that it was filmed that can't handle it. So now we can go the other direction, and we can actually speed it up as well. So before, remember, it was at one plane 00 Now, if you want to speed it up by, 25% will go 1.25 and now it'll shrink and then we'll play it. Now. Now is that like a chipmunk? All right, so let's speed it up by 50% and see what that does. No. E think this lower one sounds funnier, but anyways, that is how you speed up or slow down clips. In Kempt Asia, you can get really creative with this kind of stuff, and you know you can slow down or fast forward part of a video so that, you know it's like normal speed and then it slows down or it's normal speed and then it speeds up or it's slow motion, and then it speeds up. So there's many different variations, many different kinds of techniques. I'll be doing mawr videos on on more advanced ah, slow motion and fast forwarding techniques. Also forgot to mention that this function this future obviously works better when you're doing kind of an action motion, this little motion, especially if you know you're jumping in the air, jumping in the pool, doing whatever. If you have an action motion happening, then it's gonna look a lot cooler. If you're just literally sitting in front of the camera just talking, then the slow motion is not going to be as cool or as exciting. So make sure that you're doing it and adding that kind of effect to a video where there's something interesting happening. Alright, guys, well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 21. How To Make a Slow Motion / Sped Up Video (Advanced Techniques): Hey, guys. Has a golden age jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be doing some advanced techniques with slow motion and fast motion in Kemp. Tasia. Okay, so I showed you the basics of doing a slow motion and doing a fast motion. So now I'm gonna add to that and do more advanced techniques. So I have this clip here of a balloon deflating with sound, so I will play it as is All right, so that is a balloon deflating. And I got this from, ah, YouTube channel for free. And it's called, like, 101 green light. So they offer a bunch of free stock footage that you can use in your videos, so I'll just clip that part, but the end, So we'll only have the balloon deflating. Okay, So in the previous tutorial, we just did a slow motion and a fast motion on the clip as a whole. So now let's add some things to it. So first off, weaken slow motion a part of the video and Onley do a section of it. So let's say for this video will halfway through it, deflating with the sound I'll do it in slow motion. Okay, so we need to slow this down. So we're at 1.0 so we need to slow it down by 25%. I'm just going to do that to start off with. So I need to go to 0.75 and then let's play it again. So it's normal. Okay, so that is an example of doing it an advanced technique because you're having it in regular time and then you're going to slow it down within the same clip. So I'm going to slow this down even more so that we can see even more of a dramatic effect . So I will go to 50. I went from 0.75 to 0.50 So now I've slowed that clip down by 50%. And let's see that now, normal speed. So that could be a cool effect where you know you're editing something, and then some things like normal. But then it, like, slows down. And if you get something like, you know, like a skateboarder or something like they're pulling up and they're about to jump off of something, so it's like regular speed, and then they jump. And then that partisan emotion, that's where this would look really cool. All right, so I quickly just found a clip of escape border to show you guys what I'm talking about. So I found this free clip here on YouTube and let's see here. I think he starts off. Okay, so let's just play around with this clip right here. So I'm gonna clip that. I just want this part, and I'm going to stretch it out to fit the screen so you guys can see it. So now here is the clip of the skateboarder. Okay, so that's them going across. So now I'm going to move this and then keep it normal speed. And then what? Like just beginning of them jumping, I'm going to clip it. And if you want to get really precise, if you use your mouse, you can kind of, like, get it precise. But if you want to be really precise, you can use the comma and period key on your keyboard because it will move it frame by frame. So I'm gonna go maybe see here right here, like just before he launches off. I'm going to click the s key to split it and then move the cursor. And then when he lands it when he lands, then we're gonna go back to normal speed. So I'm going to clip it here and then this middle part is what I need to slow down. So I'm going to right click, add clip speed and I'm going to slow it down. Let's say by 50%. Oh, and you might see this. Okay, so it says we're sorry an error has occurred. There's not enough room for the timeline to complete this action, so that just means that it's all squished and we need we need to move the stuff over. So before I can do that, I need to move this one over so that this one has room to stretch out the click back on this. Go over here and let's go to 50% so stretched out there. And then let's put this back here and let's play the video clip now. Okay, so I need to stretch this out even more. Okay, so I actually slowed it down by 75% so you can see that there's a little bit of lag happening over here because I'm recording this and I have many things open at the same time , so it's kind of like it's glitch to a little bit. But when you fully render this video and you finalize it, you'll see that it's much more smoother. Okay, so because it was glitch ing, I quickly rendered the video. So I finalized the video. And then here's what it looks like with the slow motion part in the middle so you can see that it was normal speed in the then it's slowed down for the trip, so that is an example of some advanced techniques that you guys conduce with slow motion and fast motion. Now, on the flip side, if you already have something that's moving in slow motion, you can already have it. Be slow and then fast forward the middle section and then have it be back to normal. Slows bead after that. So there's many different ways that you can play around with this. You just need to make sure that if you want that specific section slow down or sped up, you need to clip it so that it only does it for that section because if you add it to the media as a whole, it's going to slow down or speed up that whole clip unless you split it up into sections. Oh, and another side note is some people want to slow down their footage, but then keep the audio the same. Unfortunately, when you slow down the clip as a whole, it's going to slow down the audio as well. If you don't want the audio slowed down, then you need to separate the video and audio. But when you slow down the video and the audio is the same like it's not going to sync up, So that's a common question that I get. So those are some advanced techniques with slow motion and fast motion. Our guys thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 22. How To Use Green Screen Feature: you guys. How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna show you guys how to use the green screen effects. All right? So in order to use the green screen effects, you either need to have filmed yourself in front of a green screen. Or you can get free stock footage that already has the green screen on it. For this example. I have an example of some green screen footage, and I'll just drag it down to the timeline here. And I'm just going to right click and edit the audio to mute it. And there are many free channels on YouTube that offer green screen effects. So I'm just going to split this so that we get the beginning of it, because they have a little bit of a in true for their channel. So this is the free stock footage that I got, and it's just like a basic one of some bills falling down. It's actually a really good one. It's a really clean one. This footage is really good quality, and you can see that the graphics on the bills are really good, so you can find this for free on YouTube or on other sites that offer free stock footage. So you see how it's neon green here. That's what we want it to be, because that's the part that you're going to be removing. So first thing is you need your footage either yourself in front of a green screen or you found some footage. Next, you want to make sure that it's highlighted. And then, if it's not already showing up on the left hand side, you want to click on more and go to visual effects. Now from here, you want to go to remove a color and drag it on to the clip. Now it's going to do something little funky here, and I've noticed that each green screen clip is different. Sometimes it'll look like this. Sometimes it will remove it altogether, but that's OK. Once you've dragged it on, you want to go to the right hand area where under remove a color and you want to click this arrow thing and you want to click the eyedropper and you want to click on the green. So I'm going to click on the green, and then I'm actually going to do it again. Now it it doesn't always happen that you need to do it twice. But for this one in particular, you need to, and that's okay, So I'm gonna click on it again. And now it's gonna be black, which is what we want it to be. But you'll notice that there is a small green outline happening, so we need to remove that. And that's where you play with these features right here. The tolerance, softness, Hugh de fringe. You want to play around with it now because each clip is gonna be different, so it's not always going to be the same. So here the tolerance. I'm gonna just bring that up a little bit and you can see that the green is getting thinner and thinner. And that's good, because I don't want that. And then let's see the softness. Okay, that's gonna actually make it a little bit more see through. So I actually don't want to touch that too much, and the hue, I believe, will change the color. So I don't want to do that. And then let's play around with the D fringe. So now let's play that and let's see, okay, looks pretty cool. Looks like actual bills falling in slow motion. So now you can go on. Do with this whatever you want, so you can put a video behind this and you can put a picture behind it. So, for example, I've got a picture of me here, and I'll just stretch this out and then I'll size it accordingly. This is just an example of something that you can do with the green screen footage is I'll play it again so you can see that we removed the green screen that was on the bills before , and now it's transparent. So it's on Lee the bills that are showing so you can see here. But it looks like the bills are falling on top of the photo like it's a part of the photo, and I can have a video Here is Well, you need to make sure that you have your media, whether B pictures or video or text. If you want it to go behind the money, you need to put it below the actual clip, so I'll show you what I mean. If I put this on top, it's just going to cover the green screen clip of the money falling. So like nothing's happening because this is on top of it, So it's just covering it. So if you want to see the effect, then you need to make sure that you have it behind it, and then you can. Like I said, you can put video text pictures behind the green screen. So that is how you use the green screen feature in Camp Tasia. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 23. How To Use Sound Effects: So right now I'm here on YouTube and basically in the search bar. You want to type in free sound effects. I'm gonna click, enter and you're going to get a whole bunch of difference up. So here's a channel right here. Free sound effects usually try and find channels that have lots of different videos of sound effects. Right here. Free sound effects. There's another one that has, Like almost 700 videos, this one has 770 videos. There's lots of channels here that have free sound effects. Now, if you want a specific sound effect like, um, crowd cheering, crowd cheering, you would write in something like this. Crowd cheering free sound effects. Click enter and then you'll get a bunch of different ones that are specifically crowd cheering sound effects. So but in this example, I'm just going to show you just any example of a free sound effects someone to go back here . All right, so let's say we use this one right here. Free sound effects. Let's click on that. All right, so that's like a baby crying and whining. Sound effect. Now when you get on their channel, you want to head over to videos, and that will kind of show you the library of all the stuff that they have that you can check out. So let's just scroll down and let's just choose whichever one. Let's see here. All right, so let's choose this open car beeps. Let's just click on that. If you think this is an ad, will skip this in just a second here. Every day only makes okay, okay, That's like when you leave your car door open and then it makes that beeping noise and each channel is going to be different and you know how they want you to download their videos. So this one, this one's this channels really organized. So right here they have a download link directly. So I'm gonna click that if I want this sound and then right away down here, it downloads the sound. It actually downloads it in a video format, and they will show you how to just get the sound. So as you can see, it was really that easy to download this sound here, this car beeping sound and then you can go to the channel and choose more sounds. If you want for your videos. Now, if you want to find something really fast and you don't want to scroll through, you can just click the search bar here and type in. Let's see here, beep, click, enter. And then you're going to get all the videos that they've done with the word beep in it. So it will make things a lot faster if you're searching through a specific channel. All right, so now let's head back to Camp Taejin nine, where I'm gonna show you how to use this sound effect. All right, so now that we're in Camped Asian nine, you want to import the sound effect. So you want to hit the import media button either here or here, or you can do it through file import. So I'm just gonna click it through here, head over to the desktop where the sound file, the sound video waas. Okay, so here it is, Open car beeps. And now I have it in my media been to use So justus an example here, I'm going to drag some text onto the screen, and I'm just gonna just so that we can attach this sound to either the shape, right here or a picture or video I'm just gonna do this is an example. So I'm gonna go b b just as an example here to add this sound effect to this shape. But you can add it to any kind of media. So I'm gonna put that right here, move that to the front. And now I'm gonna grab the sound effect, and I'm gonna put it directly below the shape. So I'm just gonna elongate this here. And we're lucky in this case because this channel actually lets you download the audio just as an audio. But there are some other channels that may give you the the sound in a video format, and then you'll have to separate the sound from the video, and I'll show you an example of how to do that. So I'm gonna just play this Here is an example to show you guys. So as you can see, it's going to this clip right here and obviously can do other things. With this clip, you can add animations at a behavior to make it look like it's really doing something. So let's add a behavior to it to show you more of the effect with the sound. So let's make me the pulsating would be good. Let's see, here was try this out. There's a kind of goes more towards with what the sound is. So that is an example of using some sound effects on a particular type of media. Now I'm gonna show you how to extract some sound effects on a video. Like if you don't want that video portion and you just want the audio, I'll show you an example of that right now. So, um, over here, I've got our intro and I'm gonna extract the sound from this video. So this is the sound with the video. But if you want just the audio from that video to get a sound effect, all you have to do is right. Click on it and you go separate audio and video. And now you have the audio right here and the video separate. So if I go and move this over, this video clip will now be mute. It'll be silent. So now it doesn't have that audio anymore, cause I moved it over and now it's over here on the stand alone with no video. So now I've just extracted that to use it as a sound effect. So some channels will only allow you to download the video and the audio together. And you might be like, Oh, no, like only one of the audio. This is how you separate and extract it if they don't already give it to you in the audio form, as it did here in the first example. So that is the basic methods of finding free sound effects and using them in your videos. There's obviously a 1,000,000 different types of ways that you can use them, but this will get you definitely started if you want to add other external sound effects in your projects. Alright guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 24. How To Animate Shapes: our guys. So I'm gonna show you this quick music video that I just edited for a REIT. And I'm gonna show you some of the features that I'm going to be teaching how to do in kempt Asian nine. So this is ah, a cappella cover of Havana and you'll see in the background that there's lots of moving shapes and stuff, so just play a little bit of it, and then I'll show you incantation. Nine. How to create that yourself. So you see, the two triangles just slid in, and then the letters air kind of moving around has a Not that. Hey Oh, what is in Havana? His All right, so you can see that there's shapes going in in all directions. Let me show you one more part. So there's this section right here. You can see all the little shapes are moving behind while a reed is singing here. Would you like a girl? All right, so let me show you guys how to do that. So, as you can see, that video is actually really simple. So we filmed a read on green screen. Ah, that's why you know, we have these shapes moving in the background. We just filmed her on green screen. And then the whole thing, the whole shapes moving and the animation is all done in camp. Tasia. Alright, so Ah, let's see here. What was Ah, the first sort of shape here that I want to show you That is, um let's show this one where it was the the two triangles and then a blue rectangle coming down. OK, so we want to head over to the annotations type of and then head over to shapes. Sorry, if my voice goes in and out and it's crackling and stuff. I have a sore throat and a cough, so it's kind of hard to speak right now. All right, so first thing is the two triangles, So let's put it two triangles down. And because I want them to come in at the same time, I have to put them on top of each other, like how you see here. So let's move these accordingly. They were both on the edge, and we'll stretch them out. This is just an example. It's not exactly the same shape, but you guys will get the gist of it. So move it like this. They were They weren't this wide, but that's okay. Okay, So once you've got your two triangles there and then we had a, um a blue rectangle coming down the middle. So I'm gonna put that on top here and just make the right technical. It's like this. Nothing too fancy. Right? And if you play it right now, nothing is gonna happen. It's just gonna go just like that. Nothing. Right. So what we need to do is we need to add behaviours, which are basically animations. Don't get confused with animations and behaviors. The animations tab is different from the behaviors tab, but behaviors are basically animations. I know it sounds confusing, but so in this case, what I did for a lot of that video is used the sliding effect on a lot of those shapes. So I'm gonna add in this lighting effect on this one on this one and on this one. Now, we need to tweak the sliding behavior a little bit, because if you just do that, um, it's gonna look like this. They all just slid in from the left hand side, and then they're sliding up on the right now. That's cool if you wanted to do that, but I didn't want it to do that. Initially. If you remember, the two triangles came in from the bottom and then the rectangle came in from the top. So for the purple, you need to calibrate its movement. So I'm gonna highlight both of them and the direction that the shape is coming in. It says left but actually wanted to come in from the bottom. So I'm gonna click bottom and then during. I don't want it to do anything because on this particular behavior in the during, like there's enduring and out during this shape while it's on screen, that's going to do a fading effect with, like, light and dark with the color. I don't want it to do that at all. I just wanted to slide in and then slide out. So in the during is under fading. I want none, and then out it's going to slide to the right, but actually wanted to slide up continue. Like almost a ziff. It had continued going up, so I wanted to slide to the top. Now that takes care of the two purple ones now Let's work on the white one here. So in I've highlighted it. I want it to come from the top because I wanted to drop down from the top and then during it up during here. So I'm fading. I want none. And then out I wanted to leave through the bottom, so I'm gonna click bottom. So now I will have replicated what I did in the video. So let's play here, There. So you see, it can look really cool if you've got the right things going on in the background, which is play for you one more time and then we'll play it the entire entire things. You can see it while it goes out. Nothing's happening in the during and then once out, then it's gonna slide out completely. And there are other things that you can tweak well, doing this, you can tweet the speed. He can play with the different movements. But I typically left it like that and I just changed the direction that they came in. And then what? They what the shape was doing during. So let me show you another one here, the part where or it is doing the rap here, This part, you can see that they're gonna be continuously moving. So when one goes out, another one comes in. So this one is gonna go up, and then they're gonna come in me. I was getting coming. So if you watched, if you watch the whole thing, you'll see that these blue things they come in and then they leave one direction, and then they'll come in and in local the other direction, and then we'll come in and the alternate so you can do whatever you want. Like, you could be really cool like that when you're editing the video. So let me show you how I did that. That one was a little bit more tricky. And Okay, so let's say I want, uh, adding in the shapes here it was three colors and all right, the 1st 1 but here and then. Okay, so now that we've got these parts here, we're going to just stretch them out, okay? And then let's add our our colors. So this one and this one, let's say blue make it flew. Make this blue. Okay, lets just do to blue one white. Okay, so let's go. And add the behaviors. So again we want to add the sliding behaviors, so I'm gonna highlight all of them and add the sliding behavior. As you can see, the behavior was added to all three of them. And if I do like a little fast forward here, you're going to see that they're going to do the same thing. So they're gonna come in from the left and they're gonna leave to the right. But we wanted to show a different way. So I'm gonna highlight the blue ones both the same time. And how you do that is, you click control, click on the one that you want and then click on the other one still while holding the control button, and then you will have highlighted both of those media. So I want to edit the two blue ones at the same time so that so that I don't have to do them individually. I can just do them at same time. Well, they're being highlighted. So first thing is during, I want the style to be none because I don't want anything to happen. I don't want to do like that fading thing that was happening in I want them to both come in from the bottom and then out. I want them to leave in the direction of going to the top. Now I'll go to the white one and I'll edit that one accordingly. So during its none in its coming in from the top and then out it's going out from So the direction, the bottom. Okay, so let's quickly see that here. Nice. So it's really cool animation. So I'm going to highlight this by clicking control, See? And then I'm going to go control V and you can see it gave me another three here, so I'm gonna pace that. I'm going to go control V again to give me another three, and I'm gonna arrange them over here. We'll just do it one more time. I'm gonna collect control V, and it's going to give me another set of three. So now I have four sets of three. You can see that they're all lined up nicely and I'll just play it for you and you'll see the animation that it creates. A That's pretty cool. So it's sliding in, and that's going to slide out now. It's gonna slide in again, and that's gonna slide out and you guys can see that it's a continuous motion. But if you want, you know, to add more dynamic range to it. I would do something like this so I would highlight this second set here and for them leaving out. Let's say I want all of them to go to the right and then highlight the last one here, and I want all them to leave on the left. Now let's play that space bar play So they're coming in, and then they've all left to the right so you can see you can play around with it. And that ones, that one was the same. This one's gonna leave on the left. So it's, um, pretty cool animation. Our guys will thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 25. How To Flip Video Or Images - Creating Mirror Effect: All right. So you could do this on images, videos, shapes and text. I'm gonna show you how to flip it and and or if you want to create a mirror effect, you know, with the original and then the flip diversion. And I'm gonna show you how to animate the rotational flip so that it's continuous. Okay, so I got a couple things here and let's say we want to do it on this right here. This is a picture. This is a thumbnail of one of our kept Asian nine tutorials. So let's do it on this one. First, I'm gonna make a little bit smaller so that we can see it better when I compare it. Okay, so let's just make a copy of this. I'm gonna go control, See Control V. So I've got one here to show you their friends, So I'm gonna go back to this one, and you want to head over to the rotation. So there's different ways to rotate this and you can play around with them. So, for instance, if you click the up and down button here, you can kind of see that it's going to rotate it like this just like a simple flat rotation . We'll head back to zero here. Um, if you've ever messed it up, you can just click. This wrote this Ah, reverse thingy. And then it will go back to zero if you've made a mistake. So before I go to the middle one, I'm gonna go to the bottom one here, click the up and down arrow and you can see that it's kind of tilting forward now, like it's gonna like, fall over towards me and then I'll bring it backwards and see that it's going back now so you can flip it like that as well. All right, let's click this year to go back and re set. Now this is the one I'm talking about. So I'll click the up arrow here to move it along, and you'll slowly start to see that it's going to be doing this horizontal horizontal flip thing that's happening. I'm going to show you how to add an animation later to make it look like it's continuously moving. So you can see here that now it's like exactly on its edge right now, and we can keep going. You're now everything's gonna be backwards because it's a mirror image of the original. So I'm just going to get it to go to the other side completely, just so I can show you the comparison here and we'll get a to 180 degrees 1 80 Okay, now, that is going to be the complete opposite of this one. So as you can see, you're doing a video, you can do like a cool both of them flipping, and then it's kind of like this abstract thing happening. So this this one right here is the mirror of the top one. And like I said, you can do this with video as well. It doesn't have to be just images. So let's move this one here, you can do the same thing now. The cool thing is, you can have it move like flipping and adding an animation as well at the same time. So as you can see, it's doing the same thing here. So I'm just gonna move this along here and I'll show you one more here. You can do some cool things with text. Okay, so let's just say we have that there. We want to do it to the text as well. So right here it's gonna be like on this A You want to head over to this film strip here, which is the visual properties, and then you can go and rotate it so you can see here. Once I press up, it's going to start to move, and you can have it do like, this revolving rotation if you want to add an animation to it. So let me just reset that. Let's add some animations here to show you guys what it looks like. So I'm just gonna highlight this. I'm going to stretch both of them out, and then let's add some animations, so I'm gonna head over to animations, and then it's gonna be on Zuman Pan, but you want to head over to animations, and then I want to drag this custom animation down to my meetings. I'm gonna put the 1st 1 here, so I'm just gonna add it to one right now. So I'm just gonna highlight this one on Lee and then I'm going to rotate it again, going back to its original position. Now I'm just I'm clicking the up arrow on this area here. The rotation to show you guys, you know what's going to be moving slowly, but you guys can make it go faster by adding in your numbers. So I'm just doing this to show you guys what's happening to it, and we'll get it to go all the way around. 23 60. Okay, so we'll click. Play here and see what it looks like. So you can see it did a cool flip. Now it did it fairly fast, but we could make it go slower. We want. So it did that. Now we can. Well, let's make it continue, actually. All right, so let's keep this continuous and let's create another animation, so it keeps going. So I'm gonna add a new animation here because I want to keep it going. And let's keep going with the rotation here. Okay, let's click. Play here so you can see it's rotating. Now let's take some of these animations here, and let's place them on the text. So we've got some backwards text here. Let's click play, so that's cool. And you can make this go longer and slower by making the arrow stretch out or make it squished and you can do the same thing here. I'm gonna paste it here. And then you can still have the video playing while it's flipping. So just show you when we just lower this down. This might be kind of loud play, so you can see it's doing like a flip effect while it's playing. It's happening really fast. Let me just stretch it out so it's a little bit slower so that you guys can actually I see it. Here we go. I'll play it for you guys. So what's going on? What much slower? Flip there. You can see it's doing a flip effect while it's still playing at the same time. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 26. How To Fade From Color to Black And White: I'm going to show you the technique of going from color to black and white. Because in previous tutorial videos, I have shown you how to just do black and white all together for the entire clip. And I've shown you how to do color correction on a specific clip. But I've never actually showed you how to merge the two so that they fade from one to the other. Alright, so I've got a test clip here in my media been and I'm just gonna drag this down to the timeline. And it's a video of me snowmobiling this past winter here for New Year's Eve. And I'm going to go from color toe black and white to color again, and this is how you do it. So once I've got it dragged on the screen, make sure it's highlighted. You want to head over to modify, go over to add effect visual effects and then color adjustment. So was modify add effect, visual effects, color adjustment. Now, when you click on that is going to do like this black and white thing, that's okay. We need to alter it to color first. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna play around with the color adjustment on the right hand side here. So this is generally what I do. So I bring this contrast down, bring the saturation up. I'm gonna bring the brightness down. I'm gonna bring the contrast a little bit up Now it's different with every video that I do . But this is generally the settings. I personally like my video footage to be very vibrant and full of color, So I like it when it pops out like that. So this is how I like it for color. So you want to get it to your color settings first. That's important in order to do the fade effect. So now I'm gonna add an animation to go from this color to black and white, so I'm just gonna just maybe move it over here. Then I'm gonna head over to animations and usually when you click on animations, it's gonna already be on zoom and pan. But you want to click on animations tab again. So go animations, animations. And then you want to click on the custom and drag it to your timeline onto your media, so you want to drag it to the place where you want the change toe happen. So I'm just gonna drag it over here. And as you can see, it has this, like, green arrow sing with a red dot And now what I want to do is I want to make this black and white. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna take away the saturation when you take away the saturation, It's gonna make this completely black and white. It's gonna take the color out. Now it's up to you to play around with the contrast in the brightness like the darks to come out more and you can brighten this a little bit. It's up to you or you can leave it as is and just remove the saturation that's all up to you and how whatever your preferences. But if you click over here its color again and I'm just gonna play the video and show you what just happened So I inserted that custom animation of black and white So I'm gonna play it here. Let's just be on the snowmobile. My first time I was loving it and now it just goes black and white. So that was like a very seamless transition from color to black and white. Now, if I run over the the most here and you can see that it changes two black and white so it's very cool. Now I'm gonna do the color back again. So now that we have it in black and white, I'm going to show you to go from black and white to color. So right now we're in black and white right now, so I want to go back to color. So we need to add another animation, a custom animation. Drag it down. I wanted to happen at this place, and I'm gonna bring back the saturation. I'm gonna bring back the color. Now again, it's up to you. How you want it. It really depends on your eye. Well, let's just say it's like that for test purposes. And then I'm gonna play it from the beginning so that you guys conceive e. All right, so we're in color having fun here. Now we're going to switch to black and white. It's black and white right now, and then it's going to go into color again. It's going to stay in color here, so that was really cool. Here are some other things that you can do to play around. So, as you can see, you know, it didn't for a certain duration, right? If you want to spread out the duration of transition, the fade you can do this. You can click on this and stretch out the arrow, so when you stretch it out, you're stretching out the animation and how long it takes to transition from one to the other. So we'll show you what I mean here. So click play again. It's gonna take longer to transition over. It's going slowly extract the color until it's black and white. Now it's completely black and white. Now it's gonna slowly put back the color and bring it back to our full color that we had it out. So stretching out in shortening the arrows will make your animation longer or shorter. So when you put it back, you could make it really short by squishing it. And then you play this here on. It'll happen, like in a second. So it's up to you. How long you want the fade in the transition to be so that is it. That is how you transition from color to black and white to black and white to color. All right, guys, thank you so much for watching. And I'll see in the next video. 27. How To Make Video Clips Pictures and Text Transparent: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to make pictures, videos and text transparent. And this effect can be cool if you're doing, like, a ghost effect or if you want to merge into another video or photo. Let me show you an example that I came up with here, and it involves the green screen. And I also have a tutorial on green screen if you don't know how to use it. But basically, I have this piece of footage here, and I'm going to add visual effects onto it. So I'm gonna click visual effects, go to remove a color, and then drag it on top here. And then I'm going to go head over to the right hand side under remove a color, and I'm going to click on the little dropper here. And then I'm gonna click on, hold a click on the dropper and then click on the green and it's going to remove the green . No, it didn't remove everything. So I'm gonna go into the tolerance and you can play around, as you can see, if I made it larger, um, moved it up. It's going to remove it more and you can play around the softness. Now, this is just like I test here. This wouldn't be like something for my final project. But Justin example. So you can see that we've removed the green screen. I'm just gonna edit the audio here and turn it down, and then I'll just click place so you can see you reach. He's moving around, and for the most part, all the green is gone. Now, to get a like the best kind of effect you need to have really good lighting so that all the green will be removed. So now what I'm gonna do is head back to media and they have this water that I'm going to put below or eat because if I put it above her, it's going to cover the whole thing. Whatever you put on top is the one that covers, so I'm gonna put it below now. Depending on the type of effect, you can put it below or above. But for this I'm going to put it below and a mute the sound on this water and you can see that She's got a background now with water. Now, to make a transparent effect, you click on the media and then you head over to the right hand area and the new head over to opacity. That means you're going to make it transparent or see through. So I'm gonna lower this and you can see that she's already starting to fade away. You can do some cool things with this like animations and making people disappear and reappear like through a fading effect. So I'm just gonna play it here so you can see that she is kind of like part of the You can also fade out the water if you want. If you don't want it to be that strong, he couldn't fade that out too. But then it goes into black and you can put something behind this water if you want to. A swell like a blue effect. So let me just let's say I wanted to make that water more blue. I'm just playing around here live with you guys. Sorry if my voice is scratchy. I'm kind of struggling to speak right now cause I'm getting over a sickness that I just had . But I've just dragged down a shape here. I'm gonna extend it and then let's change the color of the shape. Ah, where we at here, move this over. Shape is white. I want a shape to be blue outline to be blue. And then now let's make the water a little bit more See through and see what kind of effect that has no before. Before I do that, I need to actually extend the shape entirely. Otherwise, it's just gonna be like a small square in the middle. So no, let's head over to the water and then blessing the opacity so you can see here. Now I've got, like, a more strong, bluish effect that we have going on here, and it's kind of like I mean, it depends on how you're using the effect, but you couldn't get some really cool things. So really looks like she's part of the water right now, and you can do this on anything. So the same thing goes, if you have a picture, you can go and insert your picture and then go head over to the right hand side, go to the opacity and lessen or make it greater and then also with text. You can do that with text as well. So say we have some text here and you want you want to head over to the visual properties because you're playing around the visual effect. So let's say read. And I'm gonna really make this font huge so that we can just play around with it, okay? And then head over to visual properties and then make it later So you can see you can see that you can do this effect on any type of media and depending on, you know, the kind of thing that you're going on with your project. You could do some really cool effects. So I will probably be playing around with this with one of her REITs next. Music videos. As you know, I usually find out new things in Camp Tasia While I'm working on a race music videos, our guys will thank you so much for watching. And I'll see in the next video 28. How To Use The Color Themes Feature: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to do color Seems in kempt Asia. All right, so color themes, color themes are going to be really helpful if you have certain color branding that you always do in your videos and you have a certain ah color palette a certain Pantone color that you need your fonts or your shapes to be, and you always set it at that. This is gonna be helpful for you guys. So I want you guys to pay attention to these three shapes right here. The colored shapes Don't worry about this text right here. I'll show you that later on. But I'm just gonna highlight those three and I'm going to show you the color theme and then I'm gonna show you how to do it. So I've highlighted them. I'm gonna all of a sudden this pops up here on the side. I'm gonna go to theme Select Theme and I'm gonna click as city no colors. And this is the one that I set up for our specific colors. I'm gonna click on that and that is going to turn things purple and white and black for the background. So those would be generally our colors. So if you always had branded specific videos, this is gonna be useful for you. So let me show you how to do this. First of all, you need to set up a color theme. And to do that you want to head over to file and go down to manage themes. So this is the theme that I just showed you guys. So you see, here I have white black, sort of like a darker gray and a purple, and you can have another color if you want to. And the annotation background I chose as purple. You can also choose a specific font. If you guys use a specific font all the time, you can set that as well. I just left it as the default here, and you can have another font as well. So when you set up your phone, let's let's create a new theme. We'll call this test colors, okay? And it's going to create a new one here, and you can see that I've got s a t know colors and test colors so we can change this around to whatever colors that are our brand, you know, And if you have a specific hex code, you can enter that into get your exact color tone. You can also click on mode if you want the RGB numbers as well. If you don't use the hex code, there's two different ways the hex code and clicking the are RGB. Or you can also do this, which allows you to grab the exact color. So if you had a picture of your logo and you don't know what the hex code color is or the RGB, you would just basically take this dropper and it's samples any color that you put it on and it will tell you what it is. So if you just have a picture of the colors, then that's fine, too. So I'm just gonna choose some colors here blue. Let's just make it really vibrant. Use these colors, don't go together at all. But there bright and they're fun and it's summertime right now, so I'm gonna click OK, and let's say you know what? Let's just for fun. Let's just change the font to this crazy one right here. Click OK, and let's say I wanted to change the current stuff that I have here to a different theme. You can have more than one theme. So if you have different color schemes that you want to work with in different fonts, and you can set those up a swell, so let's change this to test colors. Whoa, that's going to make. It's really crazy. So it James it to yellow and the font and the pink. And if you look really closely, there's a blue outline now for the fonts. You can do the same thing as well, so you can highlight your font. And then it's gonna show you again your normal features where you would edit your fonts. And then you can click the theme again so we can go to a city no colors, which stays white or tests colors, which is going to make it this font and this color. Now, if you don't actually want this color, you can actually change it because it's gonna have your theme pop up here and you can change the different themes as well. So let's say, Oh no, I actually wanted that font blue when we can change it to that. And for this one, You know, we still wanted to be our colors, but I wanted the font to be green. You'll have it on hand for you. So you have the colors on hand and actually changed the cloud bubble instead of the font. But you guys get the idea. So these themes basically make it easier for you to have your color scheme. Because I will admit, you know, if I need to get a specific color tone, I would need to either type it in manually, either in the hex code or in the RGB numbers here, or I would need to specifically go and find it for each one. But now, if I set up a template that I can just go in between so the S a t know colors, I can just go to these colors without having to go find them. It's basically going to save you time. If you use the same colors over and over again while you edit again, let's head over to file head over to manage themes. And then, from here, you can either go bounce back between your current themes that you've created and edit them . Or you can rename the theme if you want to change it or you can delete the theme and this is where you create new themes. So that is it for this video. That is how you create color themes in the new latest version of Camp Tasia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 29. How To Use Markers: So today we're gonna be talking about markers and how to effectively use them while you were editing. They'll save you time and I'll show you how so Right now, I'm in Camp Tasia Studio right now, and I've got media already on the timeline. This is just a example, like this video is already edited. But let's just pretend like it's ah, raw footage and I haven't edited it yet, So usually when I'm going through my video and I'm cutting things out and you know, I'm editing it and I'm removing things sometimes you know you need to have some text or you need to have, like, a picture or another video pop up on your video as extra media. This is where markers come in handy. So what I usually do is I go through and I edit my entire video like I'll just go through Cut, cut, cut, you know, remove things, delete that whole thing. I will not add any pictures or do any color correction or add any other media until at the end. And here's how I would use a marker. So let's say I'm you know, I'm editing and then I'm here at this part, right? And I realized that at this part I need a picture of some product or something to show up. So what I want to do is put a marker here, and this is the tab for the markers, and it's exactly as it sounds. It is a marker to put so that it will remind you that you need to put something there. So let's say I need to have a picture. So it's telling me that markers to put on the timeline here is control em. So what I'm gonna do is click control M and then this blue plus signs gonna pop up. I wanted to go here, and then it's gonna say Marker one. Now you can actually change this and be like, Ah, camera photo. So, like, let's say I'm doing like, a camera review or something, and I need the camera photo to be there. Then I would put that there, click enter, and then they're right there. I would know. Okay, you know, next time when I'm coming back after I've edited everything, I need to put that photo of the camera right there And another example here, let's say I'm moving on moving on and I need to put another type of media. I'll just go here, have this the blue thing popping up here, and then I'm gonna click Click on the timeline marker to Okay, this is going to be text hopes, text of camera price or whatever, whatever you need to put there. So there. I know in that section, right. At that point, I need to put some text of the camera price. Now, this is going to save you. Ah, lot of time. If you do this stuff all at the end because if you are editing, you're editing and then you know, you're like, Oh, I need this photo here. And then you go open up Google, and then you try and find the photo, and then you insert it and then you go and try and continue editing. It's going to make the process ah, lot longer. If you go and edit everything out first and then make thes markers, it's going to make things a lot easier. Your flow will be a lot better while you're editing. It's just going to make the workflow a lot smoother. And let's say you make a mistake. You don't want it there. You can move it if you want, or you can delete it by clicking the X or by right clicking on it and going delete or rename. And if you don't want this thing, Teoh show up anymore. You can click on this and then uncheck that, and it's going to remove all together so that you won't be annoyed if you don't want it there right at this point. So I actually don't usually have it until at the end. Like I said after I'm done editing, then I'll either click control em to insert the marker tab here. The whole thing that's going to go across or I'm gonna click, control em or click here. But right now I just want to hide it, and I don't want it to show. So this tool is really useful if you have a lot of other external things popping up on your original video. So if I have a lot of pictures, text other videos that need to show up, I'm going to use markers because it's going to make it a lot easier. Alright, guys, Well, that was it for this video. That is how you use markers to efficiently edit your videos 30. How To Add A Watermark: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to add a watermark on your videos in camp Tasia. All right, so I'm here in camp Tasia, and I've got a test video here. This is a video of me going snorkeling in Bermuda, and I want to add a watermark on it. So first thing you want to do is in your media, been is you want to import your logo into the media? Been So you want to click on that import media, and you want to find your logo and import it into the media? Been so I've got my logo here already. I'm just going to drag it down and place it over. Top the video and you'll notice that it's got a white background, and it's like, big and long. So first thing is, you already have, like, a white background, and you want to remove it. You want to head over to more, go to visual effects and remove a color. You want to drag that onto the logo, then head over to the right hand side. Click this thing color with the neon green, Click the dropper and click the white background, and now it's removed the white background from the logo. So now it looks a bit better, so I want to make it smaller, so I'm gonna highlight it, click on it and grab one of the corners. Make it smaller and usually the watermark is like it's like a faded look, almost like see through. So you want to head over to the right hand side while having your logo clicked and highlighted. Go to opacity and lower that down. That's going to make it more see through. Look, I kind of do it like this, and you can put your watermark wherever you want if you want to place it like some people have their watermarks like right in the middle because they don't want people to just take their stuff. And some people just have it on the side so that it just like people know that this is an S , a t know video, and you could just put it for the duration of the video. This is how long the video is a short clip. I'll just play it for you guys. You can see your watermark is right there. Bottom on. Then there's me snorkeling so you can place it wherever you want. You can put it in the top. Like I said, some people put it in the middle and it's like a lot bigger, like they want it like that so that people know that that's your video. But some people just want it on side. Just just a za label. You could put it. Most people put it there so you can put it wherever you want, and then you can just render your video as normal. So that is how you add a watermark to your projects and videos in Camp Tasia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 31. How To Do Text Overlay Effect: you guys has it going. It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to do a cool text overlay on your videos in Camp Tasia. All right, So I saw this on another person's video when I was watching one of their tutorials. And I want to show you guys how you could do it in Kim Tasia. It's really easy. And it would give your videos a really nice touch if let's say you were wanting to make a certain point to come across stronger in your videos. So I've got a test video here, and she's like the intro part of my video. But you know, sometimes when you do a talking head video and you want to put text on the screen, but it might not look cool to put it on the screen, but if you put it over the video that it might look cool. So for this method, you want to either grab like ah, black or a white shape, and we can try both. So let's just do the white one first, and I'm going to stretch it to the width and you go to the shapes to get it. So I went to annotations and then it went to shapes. And then I'm going to stretch this over the whole thing and then above that, I'm gonna put some text. So I went to over here the little a thing. Put some text. I need to change the color of the text because it's black. I mean, it's white, so I need to change it to black. And then So I'm gonna put hello. My name is Jewel. Let's just that's just a test and we'll put it across the whole thing. Now let's say you were listing something off in the video. You would obviously put a point or a specific word on the screen that is going towards what you're speaking about. I'm just doing an example here. So now you wanna have head over to the shape and you want to head over here to the visual properties and you want to clear it. And then you sort of have a see through effect with this and you have you can see the text because I'll show you. If I remove this, then if I try and put that text on the screen. It's not going toe work. It's going to get lost in what's happening on screen. But if I put this behind it, then you can clearly see the text. Now you see this done in a lot of videos, like tutorials, Documentaries like this is done in a lot of videos. So now let's try it with the black background with white text. So I'm gonna take the black here, stretch it out, then I'm going to stretch this out and then I'm going to change the text color toe white click on that had over here, change it to white, and now I'm going to go back to the black shape, head over to the visual properties and lighten it up. So again, if I remove the black shape, the white text, you can see a little bit better. But it's still not as clear as when you have this overlay happening. That you can go was intense or not, as you want. Like you can see that even just a little bit makes a big difference here. But I like this effect like if you're listing something off or you're making like a specific point that if you were to have it pop up during that point, then it would look cool. So I'll play the videos. Do you guys concede that I'm still talking? And then it's gonna It's gonna happen on the screen so you can see that it's still happening on the screen now. Obviously wouldn't want to do this the entire video through. But like I said, it's four videos where you're trying to make a point. You're you want something to pop out on the screen, something that your listing off you would do this kind of technique to really make an emphasis on that on the video so that people can visually see it as well as hearing you say it. All right, So that is it for this video. That is how you do this specific type of text overly on your camp. Tasia projects. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 32. How To Do Jumpcut Editing: Hey, guys, how's it going? This jewel Tolentino here? All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys the jump cut editing technique in Kempt Asia. The jump cut editing technique is what I do on pretty much every single video, and I like this technique because it brings your video time down. It makes it easier to record because you don't have to get everything in one go, and it makes the video actually more interesting, and I'll explain why. So the definition of jump cut editing is when you remove the pauses that you have between sentences, the boring parts, the mistakes and you literally just have the good stuff, the content, the stuff that's needed for the video to be interesting. So when you see my videos, you might think, Oh, wow, you know, she didn't make any mistakes. And she's speaking in the great flow, and it's entertaining. Well, that's actually not the case, because I actually do make a lot of mistakes. And when you do these kinds of videos, you try and say a word and you end up saying something else completely different. And you know, there's lots of mistakes. And, you know, sometimes you sneeze in the middle of doing a tutorial, but you need to remove that. So I've got a video that I just recorded, and it's a merch by Amazon update video that I usually release on Mondays. And I'm gonna show you the jump cut editing technique. So this was filmed on screen cast, so I filmed my screen as well as myself. But I'm going to remove the actual screen cast part and just have the webcam that I had. So first I'm going to click here, and I'm going to remove the back part because I don't need it. And then you're going to see there's a tiny little video on the corner. I'm just going to enlarge that. Sometimes it just makes it like, really tiny. And then I'm going to lengthen the timeline so I can see what's happening now. As you can see, the audio's really tiny right now, so I'm going to do a couple of things. I'm gonna head over here, go to the audio effects tab. I'm gonna add noise removal. This is what I always do to our audio. It's added. It's just going to enhance the audio a little bit better. And then I'm going to raise the audio here so that I can see it and I can hear it. So you see how there's a bunch of audio like this diesel, you know, spikes and stuff. Please graph spikes, that's audio. And then when you don't see anything, that's just like dead air. That's probably me looking around at my notes or I'm doing something else. See, I'm looking around there. The way I record my videos is I will say a line, and then I'm gonna pause for a second. And then I'm going to say the next line and then pause for a second and say the next line. If I make a mistake while I'm speaking, I will repeat that line over again. This technique helps you to save time while filming, because if you try and record everything without a mistake in one go, you might be doing in a couple of times and it might take a lot longer. This way it allows you the way that this filming works the way. If you do the jump cut editing technique, it trains your brain to think fast and you don't need to memorize the whole thing. So I'm gonna play a little bit here. I'm gonna play the audio without any editing, and you're going to see what it actually looks like vs the polished version. So I'm gonna play from the beginning here. Hey, guys, how's going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be doing merch by Amazon update number 53. So I'm pausing, I'm looking around. I usually do that. So in the very beginning, I will say what? The videos about the one sentence, and then I pause, and then that's when the intro comes in. So I'll just play a little bit more. I also noticed that the audio is a little bit off, so we're gonna have to fix that as well. All right, So last week we got approved to sell in amazon dot co dot UK and amazon dot d e, which is for Germany. So I just said the sentence. I paused a little bit before receiving that email. They had announced that they're opening to those two countries for new markets. So you see how I'm saying a line and then I'm pausing, and then I'm saying a line And then I'm pausing when you do that and then you remove those pauses and you put you scrunch everything all up together. That's called jump cut editing. You are removing theme, dead pauses and the boring parts and the mistakes. And just like, literally going cut, cut, cut, cut. And it's going right into the scene like you don't add any transitions. They just it just goes one after the other. Now on a side note, something is going on with the audio I've noticed with the latest Camped Asia that the audio gets off sync for some reason. So before I go back into the jump cut editing, I'm actually gonna fix this audio cause it's really bothering me that it's ah not sink right now. So ah, to fix this, I'm gonna go separate audio from video. I'm going to zoom in on the timeline. It's really knowing how this happens. It never used to happen in the previous version in kempt Asian nine. So what I did was slightly move the audio just a little bit forward, and then I'm just gonna play it to see if it works. Hey, guys, how's going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be doing merch by Amazon update number 53. Okay, I think it's fixed now. Sometimes it's just a slight little nudge of the audio forward that it's going to fix it. So let's get back into the jump cut editing technique. Okay, so I need to remove all these blank spaces and basically put the clips, the interesting parts right together. Now there's lines that I say that I'm like, Oh, that's not really relevant for the video. Let's delete it and we don't need it. The whole purpose of jump cut editing is to basically get your video to the meat of it like , make it the exciting part. Leave all the boring stuff out. So, for instance, I paused for a bunch in the beginning, I'm going to remove that part, so I'm gonna click s where I want to make a little split cut. Highlight this. Click the backspace delete button on your keyboard and it is removed. Now I'm going to move everything up to the front. I don't need to play it from the beginning. I'm just gonna play a little bit here from the end. 53. Okay, so I'm going 53 So I want it right. Want to hear the Serie the end of it? Well, be careful when you are saying certain words like, uh, like, collected that part there at the end. The collected the ID part. Sometimes people cut that off, and then the will only see the tea part, and I'll see if I can explain it to you. But just make sure that you here the whole thing before you cut it. And certain words get cut because of the way you know we have. We speak. It doesn't show up a zwelling audio. I'll see if I can find example. So I'm gonna click the s key for split. If you don't press the s key, you can also click this key right here, which is also the split key. But I click the s button to make it go faster. I've been a highlight again, and I'm gonna go over here and I'm going to go right to the beginning. All right, so last week. Okay. So I want to go there. I'm going to go back there Click s now becomes very repetitive. And I've been doing this for, like, thousands of videos and for years. So I conduce Do I can edit a 10 minute video in less than 20 minutes because I've done it so many times. So once I've deleted that, I'm going to just move everything over, and I'll play sort of the first jump cut that is happening here. So we'll just play it from the middle so you guys can see merch by Amazon update number 53 . All right, so last week, so before there was a pause there, that is what I'm removing. You want to remove the pause because the pause is not It's not benefiting people. And you know, you can really bring your video time down when you remove all this stuff. It's amazing to see you know how much time you spend like looking at your notes or, you know, not giving the full value right after the other. So I'm gonna move that there and have that they're usually I would have my intro, but this is just a example, and I just want to show you what the jump cut editing looks like. So I'm gonna play again here near the end amazon dot d e which is for Germany. Okay, so I said Germany. So I'm going to click the S key and then let's play here. This is pretty much what I do when I'm editing these videos a little bit before receiving that eat. Okay, so that line is fine. I'm going to split s key, highlight this, delete it, and then move everyone forward. So let's play that and amazon dot d e, which is for Germany a little bit. Before receiving that email, they had announced that they're opening to those two countries for new markets. So this is basically what you would do for the entire video is go through, play the whole thing, and this is my editing process, and I would remove all of the mistakes in all of the dead air, and then once you're done, that is a jump cut edit because you've removed everything and it's literally going to go from one clip to the other, is gonna jump from one clip to the other. You're not putting a transition. You're not putting anything in between Is just jumping from one clip to the other, and you can see when you do different movements. When you jump, it keeps the person entertained. If I were to do this whole thing without at doing any jump cuts and let's say I was able to remember everything, even if I waas, it would make the video less entertaining. It would make it more boring, in my opinion, if I were to just sit there and just speak, and it was just one cut the whole way through. I prefer many cuts because I'll show you. We as humans get bored really easily. So the more entertaining, the more switches that you can do with the videos, the better it's gonna be for your viewer and I'll show you here. Amazon update Number 53 All right, so lastly, how just like Trump clothed to sell Lillian amazon dot co dot UK and amazon dot d e, which is for Germany a little bit before. So you see, like I'm moving right? So it does. He's like fast cuts, and you don't really notice it, but it really is more entertaining for the viewer. Do one a minute video clip where you're just talking and then do that same one minute video clip and remove all of the dead air and you will see which one is more entertaining. Now there are times where I don't do jump cut editing at all. And we have the whole thing as one. But for the most part, with ease Tutorials. This is the kind of style of editing that I like to do. Alright, guys. Well, that was it for this video. That is how you do the jump cut editing technique in Camp Tasia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 33. How To Save Render And Publish Your Video: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you guys how to save, render and publish your video. All right, so I've got some test footage here, and first thing is to save your video. Now, there's a couple of different ways to do this. You can go control s. And that's what I do while I'm editing, just in case something happens with my computer laptop if something crashes and it's happened before where I haven't saved my video and then it crashes. And then sometimes it will have, like, an auto save diversion, but it might not have everything saved up until the point of it crashing. So make sure that you always hit control as on your keyboard while you're editing another way is to go to file click save. If you goto file save is going to save it under your current title. But if you're like, oh, I want another version of this but I want to save it differently, like under a different name you would go to save as and then you would change the name and it would create another version of this Camp Tasia working file. So you would have two of these one with the previous name and one with the new name, and it would have the same files. So it's a way of duplicating as well. If you wanted another version, for instance, I do that sometimes if I'm wanting to take some footage from the previous video and then added to another video with some new stuff. So you can either go control s file, save or file save as if you're wanting to change the title next to render your video and publish your video. So rendering is that thing that you see with the percentages, and it's making it your finalized video. Saving it here will not make your video into an MP four format that you can upload on to, Let's say YouTube or onto your website. You need to render it and publish it. So how you do that is, you click on share, click on local file, and from here I go to MP four only up to 7 20 or MP for only up to 10 80 depending on you know what kind of version you want. But I typically go for 7 24 REITs. Music videos. I'll go 10 80 cause I want it to be, like, full, that better quality. So from here you would click that, Then you would click next and then your production name. So what do you want this video to save as all put test video, and then you can choose the folder that it goes. And so right now I have it set to the desktop. If you click this, you can change it and have it go somewhere else. I like it to go on the desktop and then here post production options. You can show the post production results, which I don't really care too much about, and then play the video after the production. So after that, you click finish, and then it's gonna do something like this. So it's gonna say, rendering your project. So when that hits to ah 100 it's going to do a couple of things. So it just finished here, and this is the test video, and it popped up on the screen, and it's gonna automatically play. If you don't want it to automatically play, then you can uncheck that option I'm going to click exit out of this and then you can click open production folder, and then your video is going to show up there and then from here, This is on my desktop right now so you can upload this onto YouTube. You can upload it to a website, whatever you want to do with it. So that is how you save, render and publish your videos. Thank you guys so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 34. Ripple and Ripple Split Time Saving Tools: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to use the ripple tools in Camped Asia. And the ripple tools are useful for when you are editing your projects and everything, especially if you've got a more complex project. And you have, ah lot of different things happening on the timeline. So in the timeline here, right now, I've created, like a mock example of just basically taken our ending of our videos, and I've just chopped it up in a bunch of different ways. And stack did it. This isn't an actual edited ah project. I just want to show you You know how crazy things can get when you were editing, so you could have, like, a clip down here, a bunch of ones cut over here. Someone stacked over here like I've had some really crazy ones where it's the clips are stacked really high, and you can't see them anymore. And you just got a lot of pieces in your project. So this is where ripple tools comes in, and it allows you to move different objects. Different media on your timeline without having to highlight everything cause sometimes, especially on my old computer, when I needed to highlight the entire project. And, you know, sometimes a project can get minutes long. It could be 5 10 15 minutes long. You've got so many pieces, and if you have to highlight all of that, it really slowed down my computer for some time. My computer would sometimes freeze when I would highlight everything all at once. So I would go like this and I would highlight everything and then my computer. Sometimes my old computer would freeze. Now this is a really small one, so it's not gonna freeze. But if I had a video that was like 10 20 minutes long and you tried to highlight everything , you might have some issues on your computer. So this ripple tools makes you say some time, and it makes things a lot easier, so we'll show you how to use it in action. So let's say, you know, I decided, Oh, I need to remove the beginning part here, but I want to move everything back to the front. So let's say I deleted this and normally you know the manual way is, you would go and highlight everything. But if you do that and you have, like a lot you might miss some things might make your computer slower. So basically, what you would do is grab your cursor over here to where it begins and then hold down shift and then drag it over to the beginning. So now I just moved everything without having to highlight everything. Now let's say you wanted to do something else, and you wanted to split it from here and moved. Everything onwards because you're going to be inserting some other media in between. Normally you would have to highlight everything, but you move your cursor to where you want to move everything, click the shift button and then you move it. It's going to split it from wherever you put it in, and then you can drag it and then, you know, insert whatever you want here in the middle. So let's let me move this back. I'm gonna hold down shift, and I'm going to move it back down here. I'm holding out on shift and I'm using a mouse, and then I'm pressing on the left button of the mouse to move it back while holding down shift at the same time when another thing is sometimes I have, like, a bunch of things stacked here, right? But I need to trim all of them at once and usually, like I've had up to, you know, 10 stacked up on here, and you would have to go in and, uh, highlight all of them. But an easier method is to just take your cursor. You don't even have to highlight anything. Click the shift button, move it over, and then you'll see that it trimmed everything evenly. So now I can go and delete this and then hold down my shift in my mouth. And then I could move it back if I wanted it like that. So as you can see for bigger projects, this is really gonna help you out. It's going to save you time. And it's going to make things more efficient when you were editing your project. So that is how you use the ripple tools are guys. Thank you so much for watching. And I'll see in the next video 35. How To Use Powerpoint Feature: I am going to show you guys how to use the camped Asian in Adan with Power point So you can do some pretty cool things in terms of video production when you use this Adan in Power point. So what it does is it allows you to be able to create cool slides where you can embed your video within those slides. Now the first thing we need to do is have Kem Tasia talked to Power Point and what we're gonna do is enable that ad in the power that kempt Asia Adan within Power point. So I have power point open right now and you can see I just kind of did a quick little demo presentation here, which I'll explain more about in a bit. But the first step is to go to Adan's and then you'll see this little panel here which allows you to start recording and use the microphone and that sort of thing. Now, if you don't see this tab at all, if you don't see the add ins tab, that means you don't have the kempt Asia added enabled. To do that, you'll need to go to file options and then Adan's. And from there you'll need to click on disabled items. And when you go when you click on Go, you should see the Kemp Tasia Kemp, Tasia Adan right over here and you'll just click on it and then click on enable. So that's how you enable it. I just did that right now just to make sure it worked before I'm filming this video, so that's why it's not in the box. So you can see here. Once I did that once I enabled it. It puts Camped Asia Adan under the active application Adan's section right here and then you can click on OK if you if after you did that you still don't see the add ins tab, you'll just need to close out Power point and then reopen power points so that the the add ins tab will show up again here. So once you've done that, once you've enabled the camp Tasia Adan, you can go ahead and start recording now before you hit that record button, you want to make sure that your presentation is laid out in a way where once it goes once this all imports into camped Asia, you can easily edit your video on top of these slides. So that's what I've done here. You can see that I've put a placeholder, which is basically just a box, a shape of a box. I went to insert shape, and then I clicked on the box, uh, icon here and just basically did, uh, did a square shape like that. It's actually rectangle shape, but I made it have the exact dimensions minimum of 2.99 by 3.98 Now you can size this however you want. You can make it smaller or larger, just as long as the ratio. That ratio is the exact same, so you can start off with creating a box that was that's 2.99 as I mentioned by 3.98 You can start off that way, and then once you have that box created, just hold down the shift button on your keyboard and then click and drag the sides so that those dimensions air not lost. Because when you try to when you import the video in Camped Asia and you place it on top of that placeholder, you don't want to have to squish it horizontally or vertically. You want it to be perfect dimensions. So that's why I've chosen those specific dimensions. And I'll show you what I mean when we get to the Camp Tasia State. So that's how I created that placeholder and anything that I want to talk about, be it an image of graph or some specific points. They're all on the side here. I can even show you there might even be a case where I'm gonna go ahead and duplicate this slide here where you don't want any of this stuff to be on the screen, and you just want your video to be on the slide. So it's just a video of you so we can do that as well. So this might be a slide where you're not particularly wanting any words on the screen. You want to show something specific, so you want all of the person's attention to be on the video on you or whatever it is that you're showing. So you want to make that placeholder larger, like I did like this while still keeping the dimensions and, um, and we can have that third slide. So let's go ahead and start recording. So to do that, I'm going to click on Adan's and I'm gonna show you a little bit about what each of these buttons are before I hit record. So this icon right here basically turns on your microphone. Whatever microphone you're using, this icon here turns on your camera. Your webcam. This icon over here allows you to do a preview of what it is that you look like through your webcam. Now, it won't show me a preview here just because this webcam is already in use. I'm talking to right now on the Logitech Webcam, so it won't show me the preview. But once you if it's not in use, you'll be able to see a preview of what you look like. He can make any necessary adjustments to make sure you look good before you hit record. And this area right here is where you can basically configure your options. So make sure your microphone is set to the right microphone. Um, you can prompt Kem Tasia open up whenever you're done recording so that all of the slides and video and sound from what's been recorded within Power Point goes straight to camp Tasia, and you'll see that in a bit. You can adjust different things, like shortcut keys for when you want to record and stop that type of thing. And also make sure the correct camera is is ah selected here. So I would be selecting the logic camera right there. I think the main things that are important in this window is to make sure that your audio and your camera is set to the right devices so that they work the way you want them to make sure you have the microphones set to the one that you want to use and make sure you have your camera set to the one that you want to use, and that's the most important there. All right, now we can go ahead and start recording, so I'm not able to hit that record button right now because this camera is in use. But what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna pause this video hit record. I'm just gonna basically start speaking on the camera, click through the different slides as if I'm giving the presentation. And then when I stopped recording will come back and I'll show you how to edit this incantation. Nine. All right, so we're back. I just finished recording the video for these slides. Basically, what happened was when I hit record, it went into presentation mode, which looks something like this. So it has a full screen of the slides on the screen, and then I just start talking about the slides. And if I'm ready to talk about the next one, I'll just hit next, or the arrow on my keyboard to talk about this suss this slide blah, blah, blah. And then I hit next again and talk about this. When it comes to the end of the presentation, it'll automatically prompt s a little box will come up singing, stop recording. So I hit. Stop recording. And then it'll ask me whether I want to go ahead and start editing this now in Camp Tasia or whether I want to stay on power point. So that is, that's the process that I wasn't able to show you with the camera. But now that we're in County Asia, let me show you how to edit. So if after you finish recording, you hit the button to start editing the production right away in camp Tasia, you'll have the t wreck file already show up in the media. Been Just ignore this one right here. It's a different clip that I was using. So you'll have the T wreck file here. And then I just dragged it to the tracks down over here, and this is what it looks like. So it imports the slide for you. What's happening on the screen? And then it imports the audio along with the video that was recorded. So now, to start editing this, I'm going to click on the video footage of me speaking. And then I can start placing this on top of the placeholder. This is what it's for, so to keep the same dimensions, I'm gonna hold down control on my PC here and then just drag the corners so that it fits nicely on top of that place Holder, as you see here, right? Okay, so let's see what it looks like. So this So I'm gonna be this totally pointing in the wrong direction there, but you get the idea. So I was able to, um, to talk put place my video footage within that slide, and you can see here I'm gonna magnify the footage more. You can see these little markers. And this really cool, uh, can't Asia will mark where the slide changes. So you know that right here it changes to the second slide. So I need to cut this piece and then take now this part right here, and place it properly because the place the, um, the formatting of the of the slide is a little bit different. So I have to adjust the size of my video here. So again, not to the next life. Some points to talk about and another saying as we it's all right. So here again, I move, I change slides. So I'm gonna use this little blue marker here to show me. Let's magnify that So you guys can see this blue little marker. So I know that right there is when it changes and I'm gonna cut that again by using the split option, select this piece and then we're gonna make this massive so that I'm covering the entire placeholder like so the last slide just gonna be me And that's where and did my demo. So you can see there now. Um, I am going to do the usual. So basically, just chop off the end. Just make sure the beginning is correct as well. And so when I go to produce this when I go to share and produce it as a local file and do the usual, it's going to is going to look like this video right here where I'm embedded in the slides and you can go ahead and use that for your projects. Thank you so much for listening. I will see you in the next one by 36. How To Add Pop Up Effect: Hey, guys. Has a going It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys and advanced pop up technique in kempt Asia. All right, so if you've watched my previous videos, if I end up figuring something out something new on kempt Asia, I'm going to create a video on it. And this is what happened when I was creating a promo video for a local security company here. So I'm gonna show you the example right now, and then I'm gonna show you how to do it in kempt Asia. So this is like the middle of the promo video, and you're going to see a bunch of logos pop up on the screen. Now, it's easy enough to add a pop up effect on a logo or picture or whatever, but I want to show you what I mean when I play the video when I'm going to explain how to do it. Working with customers such as the City of Vancouver, Costco A W M Alliances, real estate group, Ricky's restaurant and band, Citibank. Okay, so you see this layout here of logos? You saw how the logos were already there. And then when the lady was saying the logo like she said, City of Vancouver, this one did like a pop up thing. Now, normally, when you add a behavior, it's going to do the pop up thing from the very beginning, and then it's gonna pop out at the very end. So I'm going to show you how I was able to figure out how to do this exact technical show you quickly, one more time on the screen. It's working with customers such as the City of Vancouver, Costco, A, W M. Alliances, Real Estate Group, Ricky's restaurant and band Citibank. So they stay on the screen, they do their little action bit, and then they still stay on the screen. So I will show you that here in Kem Tasia, I'm just gonna go and grab a bunch of like emoticons or just like emoji pictures. And to do that, I'm going to head into the library, and then I'm going to go into the Camp Tasia 2018 and then let's go under. I comes and let's see what icons we can choose what's under social media. Now let's use more like something really funny. Okay, Here, let's choose these people here. All right, So let's lay out a bunch of people here on screen. I'm actually just going to change the background first to White because I feel like these colors are going to be dark, so I'm just gonna grab this, put it here, make it bigger. This is just so that you guys can see the pictures a lot easier. Okay, so let's grab this person. And I was Randall ng choosing some people, okay. And then four. Okay, so let's have four, and then I'm gonna highlight them and then just make them a little bit smaller because they're too big for the screen, Kate, And then I'm going to separate them. Put that one there. Here, there. Oh, and then there. Okay, so they're all lined up here. Usually when you add a behavior, it's going to do it from the very beginning. And I'll show you what I mean Here. So the effect that I added on there was the I believe it was the pop up effect, or it might have been the scale, but it really doesn't matter which effect that you choose. Um, let's just see the scale one. Let's see what happens here. Okay, so it was the scale one that I used for the logos. So you can see that I added the effect. And if I go all the way to the beginning, it's not showing up because the effect of the behavior Sorry. When I say effect behaviors, it's basically action That's hot, that you're adding to a picture or media or whatever. So you see this man number one. It's gone because I've added a ah scale behavior on it, and it's not gonna pop up until that behavior The animation starts going, so now it shows up. But I want it to show up like I wanted to be there already on the screen and then for it to pop up like in the logo situation, because the lady she's only mentioning, like four or five logos. I didn't want there to be blank spots of logos, and then those specific logos pop up. I wanted all logos to be on screen and then to be highlighted as the lady was saying, each logo. So that's what we want to do here is well, so I'm going to Click X, and I'm going to get rid of this behavior. And this is how you do what I was just talking about. So you want to play just a little bit of it. Nothing's happening. Now let's say something is being mentioned over here. You want to go over to the logo image picture of what you want to do, a pop out effect, and you want to click the split key. You want to split that because you need to cut off when it starts. If you do not, and you just place the behavior on it than it does it for the entire clip. So now that I've split it, I'm gonna add the scale behavior, and it's on Lee going to do it now at this time. But the man is going to stay there until until it pops up until that split there, then it's gonna pop up. So play it now playing. Then it's gonna pop up. Now you can control other aspects of this if you don't want it to keep moving or anything you go to during and right now it's selected as none, so it's not gonna do anything. And if you don't want it to disappear again because if you go to the end here, it's going to end up like shrinking and disappearing. Then you can also click none if you don't want anything to happen. And you just wanted to highlight on screen exactly like how I did for the logos. And then you can go on do it again. Here, let's say this lady right here we want that to happen there, so I click the S key to split it. Then I add the scale behavior and then she's still going to stay on screen. But she's gonna pop up at that mark. So I'm just gonna play the video, he's gonna pop up, and then she's gonna pop up. Now you can change. You can change the things that are happening with the tension so you can lower this so you can sort of see what you wanna have it at. At the base, it's at five. I usually just leave it, but if you don't want it to go to crazy than you can lower it down for sure. But I'll just leave it at five. And yeah, I recently figured this out when I was doing that promo video because we wanted those logos to stay on. But then whenever I would add the behavior, it would remove it, and I knew that there would be a way to do this. And that's when you split the actual media, the actual logo media, and then have the behavior later on when you want it to happen. Alright guys. Well, that is it for this video. That is how you do an advanced pop up technique on your videos. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 37. How To Do a Flash Flicker Effect: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to do a flash flicker effect in Camp Tasia. All right, so I'm here on our YouTube channel right now on a specific video where I do the flash liquor effect. And it could be really cool. If you've got the right type of music and the footage and then you add this effect, it really makes for a cool feeling. And this is one of my favorite dream driven episodes that we created. And one of my favorite parts in this video is the flash flicker Effect and a read. My business partner. She actually suggested doing something like this in the video, But can't Asia doesn't have that as, ah pre made feature. So you actually need to create the flash flicker effect yourself. So I'm gonna show two guys first and then I'll show you how to do it. All right, so here is the video. You'll see. You'll see it. All right. So when you watch the entire video, it goes really well with the song. And it was like, the perfect moment cause there was, like the crazy beat that was happening. And when you matched that with the flush liquor effect, it was really cool. And I've just got a test video that I'm going to place onto the timeline here just as a test. And I'm going to mute this so that I can just show you what the flash flicker effect looks like. So Okay, this is a test video of me, and how you create the flash flicker effect is with some shapes. So you want to head over to annotations, and under this square circle is the shapes, and you want to use the black square rectangle shape. Um, or I actually haven't tried it with the white, but the way I did it in that video was with the black, and you're gonna be using that type of a shape to go over the video. Essentially, what's gonna be happening is the shape is going to be happening so fast. On top of the video, it looks like it's like flickering, but really, you're placing a shape over it for a small amount of time. So next What we need to do is in order to get it to go that fast. You need to have the black rectangle shape happened really quickly, so we need to stretch out the time line so that we can make the time of the shape really short. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna press the plus sign here, and I'm just gonna zoom all the way into the video. And I've gone Max on the magnification here. I'm actually just going to bring up a little bit of the audio just so I could just see just a tiny bit of it. Hold on one second. Okay? So as you can see, we're totally zoomed up on this video in terms of the magnification of the timeline, like we've stretched it out completely. So now we're gonna head back to the shapes, and we're gonna drag one of the shapes down. Now, when you put a shape down, it's gonna be, like, really, really long because you've zoomed up. So you actually want to make short snippets of it. Now you can play around and choose however long and however short you want it. But this is essentially what you're doing. So I'm going to click the S key to cut it, or you can click over here to cut it. And I'm going to delete this portion here, and I'm gonna head back to the black shape and I'm going to size it accordingly over the video. So it covers it, and I'm going to quickly play it and see what that looks like. Hey, guys. So as you can see, it was like a really quick like flash like it happened so fast. I'll play it again. Hey, guys, has a good So it was like, almost like a glitch that that happened. So what you want to do is duplicate this over and over during the part, the area of the video that you want the flash liquor effect. Now it's best to do this when you've got a crazy part in the song and the beat is going really fast, and you actually want to match these little shapes to the beat so that it goes accordingly , like you saw in the video there. So an easy way to duplicate the shape is to go control. See, while this is highlighted and you know what's highlighted because there's a yellow around it, so I'm gonna click control, see? And then I'm going to move the amount. The timeline head accordingly, and I'm gonna go control V, which is paced and you see it's pasted another one, and then I'm going to paste another one Control V and let's just do five as an example Now . If I had the proper music, I would be matching these little tiny rectangles to the beat where the flash is going to be happening. The flash liquor effect. So I'm going to one more Control V, and I've placed five there to show you guys what it looks like. So let's play it. Hey, guys, how's it going? It's jewels. So as you can see, it's happening so fast that it couldn't even compute it. And if you hover over and you drag it across, you can see that it's going in and out, in and out. You can play around with how why do you want this? And if you want these to be spaced out even further, and sometimes you can't preview it properly because it's happening so fast and it's glitchy that you actually need to render the video produced the video. Check out that section to see that it's good and then go back to it and see if you need to alter. That's what I did for that video. I had to render it about three different times to check the final product to see that that the flash flickering effect was done properly because it was too crazy for Kem Tasia to play a proper preview. When I'm doing such tiny split second, uh, flashes on when I'm editing, so it's OK that it's not playing properly when you're editing, it will show up properly when you render it, so let's see if it will play a little bit here. Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jules. So as you can see here, it shows it a little better when I'm. When I spaced it out a little better, I'll play the guys. How's it going? It's jeweled, so it gives this kind of like cool effect when you've got a crazy part in the song happening. Like I said, it's really cool toe. Add this, your video when you've got the right song and the right footage and you do it in the right places. It looks really nice on your videos. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 38. How To Do a Scrolling Text Effect: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to do a scrolling effect with text in kempt Asia. And I'm quickly going to show you an example of the scrolling effect. So I've got one right here. It says hello. My name is Jewel Tolentino, and it's going at a fairly slow rate. So I'm gonna show you guys how to do this scrolling text effect. So this is the example here. I'm just gonna delete this and show you from scratch. Some gonna delete and head back to the media area. From here, I'll go to annotations, and I can either click this text or this text. They're basically the same. Just one is bigger and want a smaller. So let's just click the bigger one here. And then I'm going to put whatever text I want. So let's say you want, like, a whole paragraph one sentence. Whatever you want. You put in this area and you just double click to change it. Make sure it's highlighted and I'm gonna put the text. Hello. My name is Jewell Tolentino. So that's my name. Now, the key here is to have this box be the same size as the canvas that you're working in. And I'll explain in just a moment. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna just size it accordingly to each side. And you saw that when it's when it's aligned, it has this yellow line that appears that means it's right to the edge on both sides. So if you don't want the font to be this large so as you can see, when I when I moved to this, it made the font larger. If you don't want it to be that large, that's fine. You can head over to here and make the font as small or as large as you'd like, but still having this rectangle B right on the edge of your canvas. Now, I'm gonna explain why this is important. So first I'm just going to stretch the length of the text out. So I'm just just to show you guys what it looks like. So I'm gonna just stretch it out to this length right here for this particular example for the scrolling effect. I'm gonna have the text come from the bottom and then go through as if it were scrolling through, and it's gonna disappear at the top. So the key thing here is you need to place your text at the bottom where it is out of sight . So as you can see, I've moved it. It was in the middle. I've place it down here and now you can't really see it anymore. But it's still it's there, you know, quote unquote. It's still there. Then we need to head over to animations. So now we need to add a custom animation. So you want to click on custom and drag it down to your text, and it's gonna have this green short arrow from here. You actually need to create the animation. So remember when I was telling you that you need to make sure that the rectangle is fitted to the sides of your canvas? This is the reason why is because when you are moving this, it's easier to have it go smoothly. Because if you didn't have that and you were just eyeballing it, then it would be your text might go a little off to the side and just places you don't want to go this way. I know that it's going to go from the center straight to the top without it moving from side to side. So I'm gonna be doing the same thing. I've now placed my text at the top where it's out of sight, because that's where I want it to end up. It started here at the bottom, and now it's going to be going at the top where I don't see it anymore because that's the type of scrolling effect I want. So after I've done that, this green arrow captured your animation, so you can see here that it's probably going to go fast because the arrow is very short. We want this animation to go a little longer, so you need to stretch out the arrow and it turns into a yellow arrow. So you want to stretch it out so that it goes at a slower pace. The shorter you make it, the faster it's gonna go. So now I'm gonna play it, and it's going to go a little bit slower now so that, you know, people can actually read what you're saying. If you've got like a bunch of texts going on you've got to make it slow. Otherwise, people can't read it while it's going through. As you can see, it looks like it was scrolling through the screen like it looks like it's It's actually churning and like a circle. Now you can play around with this. This isn't the only way of scrolling that you can do. You can have it scroll from the top to the bottom, from the left to the right, right to the left. From this angle. From that angle, you guys can do whatever you want with the custom animation. I'll do a quick one. We'll have it go from the top left corner to the bottom, right corner. So I'm just going to delete this animation the arrow. So I'm gonna click on it and collect the delete button, and so you need to place the text where you wanted to start off. So I wanted to start off screen in the top left hand corner, and then I wanted to end up down here in the bottom right hand corner. So I'm gonna add a custom animation, and now we need to build the animation. So now I want this to go across the screen like that was not perfect, but it's just an example. So I'm gonna play it for you real fast here. What? It looks like. Oh, so it went really fast. If you saw that, I'll slow it down now to show you guys what I just created with the top left in the bottom . Right. So you see here it's sliding. So this is another customs sort of slide scrolling effect that you conduce and you can pretty much, you know, do whatever you want with this custom animation. Our guys will Thank you so much for watching. And I'll see you in the next video. 39. Half Monochrome Black White Half Color: Hey, guys, how's it going? Is Jewell Tolentino here? All right, so in this video, I wanted to show you guys a cool half color, half black and white effect in kempt Asia. All right, so this is another video idea that I have, and I wanted to share it with you guys. As you can see on the screen right here, it looks like a pretty cool effect. Now, again, I was playing around and I found this. And I want to show you guys how to do this. Half color, half black and white effect, video effect. I'm going to be using this for one of the REITs music videos in the future. And this is how you do it. So for actually, you know what? First, let me just play it. Let me just mute the sound here. You guys can just see the picture here. Now the picture is already pretty cool, but let me play it for you guys. So this is of me. Ah, snorkeling with a full face snorkel mask in Bermuda. And I'm just sort of trying out the waters. And here's what the future looks like now it might be slow and lagging because I have camped Asia on and I'm recording at the same time. It's basically the same video, but I have half color and half black and white, and when you see it properly, they're all plate like this. So you concede little bit better. It's lagging cause I'm recording. It looks pretty cool when you have the subject in the middle, and then they're like split color in black and white. And it's also cool when you have the subject on one side, and then they walk across to the other side when they're going from color to black and white or black and white to color. So here's how you do the effect. I'm gonna delete this and you want to have some media. Now. It works best when your video has color in it. So if your videos already dull, grayish and you don't have much color than the fact won't be as cool. So here I chose this video because I'm in blue water. It's all vibrant. Yes, uh, we're gonna keep it at that. I'm gonna lower the audio, and then what you want to do is you want to duplicate the video so I'm gonna just copy control C control V. And now I have two videos stacked up on top of each other. Now on the top one or the bottom one, highlight it. Head over to modify. Go to add effect. Visual effects, color adjustment. Now you're not gonna see anything happen. If it's on the bottom, you will see something happen if you if it was the top. But if you had it on the bottom like I did, all you need to do is click on the top one, head over to the crop button here, and you need to crop the top media in half so that it reveals the black and white. Now I'm going to go back to the black and white one, and I'm gonna fix the color because it's too bright. Everything is too bright. So I'm gonna lower it down just a bit so you can see more of, like, my structure, and then I'll leave. The contrast is just a test video here. So you guys can see that you know I'm swimming, but it's like half black and white, half color. Now you can do something even more where you could make it into fours. So I'm going to copy this right here, the black and white one, and then I'm gonna go copy control v paste it, and I'll put it on the top, and then I'm going to still be on the crop tool, and I'm just going to remove some of the video out of the way. And then I can grab the video from the top here, the full color version at it, the audio. Now I want to go to the other corner. So I'm going to keep the crop tool on, Move it down. That I'm gonna move it like this so you can have sort of like a checkered effect now. Might get really Laghi. But I'll just click. Play here so you can see like it looks really cool. Now, I'm definitely going to be using this for one of her REITs music videos. Now you can go even crazier if you want. Like you can put even more and more boxes if you want you like the sky's the limit. The more I will say, the more that you add, the more boxes you add, it might get a little bit more Laghi and more like the software's might run a little bit slower. But you can definitely add more and more squares to to give it like this cool, checkered, black and white and color effect. Now it's cool because it's the same video, but only sections of it are color, and only sections of it are black and white. So that is how you do this cool effect. I have no idea what it's called. I just made it up. Sometimes I don't have names for what I make up. Thank you guys so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 40. Neon Lights Effect: you guys has going. It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna show you guys how to do a neon lights effect in kempt Asia. All right, so I'm here in Camp Tasia. And as usual, my ideas come from thinking of new ideas for REITs, music videos, and one of the music videos is going to have, like, a nineties theme to it. And I wanted to do like a neon lights type of thing cause that those kinds of things were big back then. So I was playing around in Camped Asia, and I figured out how to do a neon lights effect that I wanted to share with you. So this is what it looks like now it looks pretty cool. Looks like the the font is like lights going on and off. And I'm gonna show you guys how to do this first thing is that you need to make sure that you have a neon lights type font, and they there is a certain type of lettering that was that is done with neon lights. So you need to make sure that you have one of those kind of fonts and you need to install it. So let me show it to you again. So that's what it looks like. So it looks like it's like an actual plugged in, the on light going on and off. And what's even cooler is you can probably add like an audio to that, to give it another effect and add on effect, and that will make it even look even cooler. So first thing is to go to the text area, and we'll just grab a fault like this and drag it down. Now this is like the standard one. So I wanted to say my name. And now I want to choose the font, the neon type font, neon lights font. So I'm just going to scroll down here and it's called Neon, I believe, yet neon and then there it is. So it kind of looks like that. And then I'm going to enlarge this to make it bigger. And then you also want to choose neon type colors, cause if you choose a color that isn't neon looking, it's not going to give it that effects. So if you choose something like a dark grey or something like that, it's not gonna look a typically these air very bright colors. So that's why I showed you the yellow, Um, let's do, like maybe a blue or something. The example here was yellow. So let me do maybe, like, I'll do this pink one here. So here's a very vibrant hot pink. Okay, now we've changed the color. Now we want to add a shadow or a glow to it. So up the top here, you want to head over to visual properties and you scroll all the way down, and it has a drop shadow that's actually going to be your neon glow. So first thing is, you want to head over here. It's already set to the standard like dark Gray. But I want to click on that click on the Dropper because we want to take a sample of that, and we want to go over here to the actual color pink and click on it because we want the exact one. So now it's gonna change from the dark gray to the pink, and then I'm going to play around with the angle of the drop shadow, which is your glow. Now you can put this to wherever you want, and you can even get more precise within angling moving here. But I'll just move it to, let's say here and then I'm gonna play around with these futures. So this is gonna bring out that shadow and glow. So I'm gonna just pull it out here and you can start to see is starting to pop. Oh, and I'll do it like this. You can play around with it however you like, or you could move it over here like that. Now, if you want even more of an effect, you can technically copy it, paste it, put it below. And now I'm on the 2nd 1 that's below. So I'll move the shadow to, let's say, here or below. And you can give it even more cause if I remove it, then it on. Lee has it off to the side, right, cause I chose the angle of the shadow to the side. But this angle right here is down below, so some colors work better better than others. As you can see, the yellow one works really well and the angle of the shadow that I had on the yellow I was down at an angle below. So let's go back here. We'll choose down below. Well, just get rid of that. If you wanted to play around, you could duplicate things and make things even crazier. So now we have it. As is like this. It's looking like a cool neon thing, and you can change the color if you won't play around with this even more. If you want this to go even further or closer, I like to keep it a little bit close, so it looks like it's like coming off of the actual letter. So it's like it's an actual glow and they can play with with this if you want it lighter or darker, and then the blur if you want it even more blurry. But I'm gonna keep it like that. Gonna bring it more in just a little bit more. Oops. And then okay, so now we want to add a behavior to make it look like it's glowing, like it's an actual animation of glow. You don't need to add this if you don't want to, but I just thought this was like a nice little touch, so I'm gonna go over to behaviors and I'm gonna go to fade, and I'm going to drag it down now when you first do it, it's just going to go like that. But you want to add another future, which happens during the fade. So I need to go to during and right now it's set to none, and I need to go to fading because I need it to fade, to show that it's sort of like glowing in and out. So I'm gonna click play here and you can see that it's sort of going in and out. Now you can play with that animation and you can make the fading go faster if you want. It's happening faster now, but pretty much you can just play around with all of these features to tweak it. How you like. I liked it the way I did here on the neon lights. I thought that looked pretty cool, and it actually does look like neon lights. So that is how you do the neon lights effect in Kem Tasia. Like I said, in order for this to work properly, you need to make sure that you have a neon lights type font, so make sure that you download a free font that you can use for commercial or personal use from those free websites. Install it so that you can have it on Cam Tasia. Choose a color that is a neon like color and the glow, and that's how you get the effect. Our guys will. Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 41. Flashing Text Effect: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to do a flash text effect in that camp Tasia. All right, so the inspiration for this week's video is when I was scrolling through instagram, I saw this Pizza Hut instagram ad and you can't see it now because it's it's gone. It was an advertisement, invited a screenshot of it, and it was like just a regular, uh, you know, pizza, ad looking type thing. But what caught my attention was that the text here and I took a screenshot, so you can't see it properly. But the text in that picture was flashing, it was flashing. And that's actually what caught my attention to stop at that ad and to take a screenshot of it because it made me think, Hey, I should create a kempt ager tutorial on how to do that. So I'm in the dashboard right now, and I'm going to show you an example of one that I created, and then I'm gonna show you how I did it. So I just made, like, a sale 50% off, just cause it was an advertisement and it caught my attention. So I'm gonna press play here and you can see the flash effect happening with letters so you can see the letters were flashing. They were like white and blue, white and pink know What's cool is that you can create like a simple text video with this flash effect, and it would catch people's attention. So let me just reset this to normal settings and let's start off with the tutorials. I'm gonna move this over here to the side, and then it would normally have it like that. So you can see in reality how short of a time each of this text is. It's quite short, and you can actually make it even shorter if you want the flash toe happen faster. Now I will say that you can do a sort of flashing in and out effect with behaviors, but it won't be as cutthroat as this one, so you can use the fade and it would like fade in fade out. And it would, in my opinion, be like a type of glowing effect. But this I actually wanted to be like, flashing really fast, so That's why I did it this way instead of using behaviors. But you can use behaviors as well. Just the transition of the one color to another will be different. It depends how aggressive you want it. So the first thing that you want to do is grab a text, grab some text, and for this to work really well, you need a bold type text. You need a text that is thick and loud. Let me just copy the same text here. So I'm gonna pasted over here. So this text is, as you can see, it's really chunky. It's very bold. It's very loud. And usually when you pay some texted something like this. Okay, so I've I have that this text right here. Um, it's called KG summer. It's not one that comes with camped Asia. I had to download it and install it. If you don't know how to do that, please take a look at my other tutorials because Alex Little explained how to install new fonts in your camp Tasia. So now that you have this, it normally gets put on your timeline and it's something like this type of a length and then you play it and then there you go. So you want to make the duration of the text really fast and really short. So what I do is I zoom in completely like full zoom into the timeline, and you want to make this as short as you'd like. So for the example, I think I did it at five. Here. Now it's not five seconds. It's like Way is shorter than an actual second, So just play it and it happens really quick. Now you want to duplicate that, so I'm going to go control see than Control V. Then you have a duplicate of it. Once you have the duplicate, then you can change the color to what you'd like. So let's say we're doing like, a Christmas thing, So I'm gonna highlight just the sale word and I'll go green. You can see that, and then I'll make the 50% I'll make that read just so it looks like it's like a Christmas thing happening. So now I'll just I'll play it and then you can see it changed really quickly. Actually want to make this even shorter to show you the time even being shorter So I've moved it to three now. And now, to save time instead of doing it for each individual, you can actually just copy and paste, and it's actually going to get easier and easier. So you go. Copy, control. See that? Move your cursor control V and then you paste it. Now, instead of just copying the four, I can copy like the four boxes here. I can copy this whole thing Control. See? Move it over. Control V there. Hey, there you go. And then we can copy this whole thing again and go control V, and then I'll just do it one more time. Control, the whole thing now depends on you. Like how long you want this to go? But as you can see, the more that you copy and paste the whole thing, that the easier it's going to be. So now, if I had done this individually, it would take, like, wait longer, but because I just copied and pasted and duplicated, duplicated now I have, like, a whole bunch. So now I'm gonna play it so you guys can see a flash text effect so you can see it's like it's like a light going, you know, White, green, white, green, white, red, white red Play for you guys one more time. There you go. It's totally flashing. And, you know, you could have some Ah, Christmas trees or some lights Christmas lights around there, and then you'd actually have, like, an advertisement. So that is how you create a flash text effect in Kem Tasia. Make sure to use a really good bold font that's gonna make it really stand out when you do the different colors and you have it flashing of flickering if you have a thick, bold thought. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching Elsie in the next video. 42. How To Do A Vintage Camera Effect: you guys has going. It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to do a cool nineties camcorder video effect in kempt Asia. All right, so you know the effect where you know, there's some video footage on the screen and it looks like a video camera is on this screen and it's got the record button and the battery, and it's like from the nineties. It's like a VHS type feel more of a vintage type feel. Well, I grew up in the nineties, and back then we used to call video cameras camcorders. So that's why I still call it a camcorder. But basically it was a video camera, and I'll show you in a second what this effect looks like and then show you how to do it yourself. So I'm here in Camp Tasia, and I've got some regular footage here. So this is the regular footage that I was playing around with. There's no sound on anything, so it's just gonna be silent. So I'm gonna play it, and then it's gonna play, maybe for seven seconds, normally, how it is now and then it's going to change over to the effect the nineties video camera effect that I'm going to show you guys how to do so I'm gonna play it right now. So it was just me is actually where I am right now, Um, filming right now and then it's gonna switch over. And now, as you can see, it looks like I'm using an old school cam quarter and it's black and white. We have the record button going, and this is flashing a swell, and it looks like it's ah, you know, footage from the nineties. So this is all made in Camp Tasia like from scratch. And it's all to do with shapes and text. And there's only one thing that I imported that I didn't make. We'll show you guys how to get that. As you can see here, this is a really neat effect. If you want to do, like, sort of a flashback thing, or if you're doing like a retro nineties feel this is a really cool effect. Now you'll see that I have a lot of tracks happening. I have like it, says Track 13 but I skipped one, so there's 12 tracks happening on this project, so that's a lot. Now you want to be able to do things in order so it doesn't get too crazy. So first track here truck to That's the actual video, okay, and that we color graded by going over to modify, add effect visual effects and then hitting color adjustment. When you do that, it's going to make your video from color to black and white. But it won't look. As you know, as clean as this. You need to modify it. So the settings that I have on this black and white video right now is brightness is at seven. Contrast is at five, and saturation is at minus 100. Now we'll show you in the regular footage what it looks like when you initially go to it. So again I'm highlighting it, going to modify, add effect, visual effects and then color adjustment. It's going to be quite harsh, and it's going to give it almost like a cartoon effect, kind of like a sketch cartoon effect. I mean school if you want to do that. But this is too like this isn't giving me the nineties vibe like this is so as you can see you just need to change the settings you can play around with it. Make this brightness lower. Definitely bring the contrast down because that's making it. That's what's making crazy. And you don't want to play with the saturation because then that's going to bring in color and we don't want it to be color. We wanted to be black and white, so that is how I got the black and white color. Now you can play around with the brightness in the contrast to get the right type of black and white that you want for your video. Just gonna exit out of that. Next are the shapes. So you see all the white lines I used 2468 eight white line shapes and they're all individually shaped so they don't come like that. You need to make them. So this one right here I'm just going to copy it and paste it so that you guys can see what it looks like on it on a blank screen. So this right here I made this line shape by going over to annotations shapes, and I just grabbed this one right here, and I placed it on the time lion. And then I made it as then as you see now you can make it thinner or sicker, and then you don't want to make it too long because you're making, like, sort of, ah, 90 degree angle that you see here. Initially, when I made these white lines, I made them too long, so I had to shorten them. And how you sure in them is see when it gets a little bit small, you kind of need to be careful with your mouse to what? Your You know what? You're on. See these little arrows? You want to make sure that you're on the horizontal arrow because in that, you know, controls this if I'm on the vertical aero than it's going to do this. So when you are getting when you were making shape smaller and smaller, just be aware that it might be a little bit tricky, but it's gonna work out. So that's how it is to make the white shaves. And I made them. I made eight of them, and I made them in order. So here's what I mean, because if you go and start placing them everywhere. You're going to get confused. And you it might not be as efficient when you're trying to resize and move things over. Because I didn't get this perfectly matched up right away. I had to move things around and shortened some of the the the lines here and just angle things differently. So the next line that I have here is this one. So I made all the horizontal ones first. So when I made the top left, then they made the bottom left and I made the top right. Then I made the bottom right. And then I move on to the vertical lines. So this one right here, I start right back from the beginning, I make the same thing. I made the vertical line the same way that I did with the horizontal. You just needed to tilt it and I'll show you how I tilted it. So I'll go back to the example here. So you see this right here, And you might be thinking, Oh, let me just make it like, let me size it vertically. Well, you don't need to do that. You can take your horizontal line, one that you've already shaped and sized, and you can just make it vertical. So when you go over to the little circles here, you want to go to the green one because the green one means it rotates. All the other ones aren't going to rotate. It's gonna alter the size this will not alter. The size is just going to rotate. So if I click on it and I go like this, it's just going to rotate. And then here it kind of locks in position when you're completely vertical. So this is how I made the vertical lines. So here is the first vertical line that I made, and I literally after you make one, just copy and paste it, because then it's just gonna efficiently make things go faster. And you'll already have things the size that you want so that I made this one the bottom left top right and bottom right, and then they all make the little right angles. Next was the record button, where flashes like when you're recording something, usually there's like a red button flashing. I used the Ellipse here. It's not really a circle yet, but you need to shape it into a circle So I basically took this. This is how they give it to you initially. And then you want to click on the side here and just make it look like a circle. So here's where it looks like an actual circle To make it smaller, you click on the corner area click shift, and it's going to keep the size and make it smaller. So I made it something like this size. And then I headed over and changed it to a completely red color. Because that's the recording color and you head over to annotation and you see it's a two tone color. Right now it's white and purple, so I'm gonna just I want it to be just full on red and then I don't want that, and I'm gonna make it read. But move it all the way because I just want that bright red click out of it, and that is your record button. The same one that I have over here next is the text that's super simple, basically went to annotations, went over to the text, grabbed this text, and I didn't even change the font. I just use the same farm because I thought it was fine, which is this phone right here. And then you type in wreck. And then I just made it smaller, and I kept it as white to match with the other white. Next is this battery. I didn't make this battery, but you can get many free icons if you go to Google and you type in like free battery icon , then you'll be able to find one. And I just downloaded it, and I imported it into my media, and then I placed it on here. So now that you have all of the pieces, it looks great, but you need to add a couple of animations. So the red circle record button that usually flashes when you know it's quote unquote playing on recording, and I chose toe have a empty battery and what? Usually when you have empty battery, it's like red and it's flashing. I thought that would be another cool effect. You confined a battery that's fully green and just sort of stay static. You can do whatever you want, but I wanted it to have, like a red record button and a red empty, flashing icon as well. So we need to add animations and I'll show you the specific animation that I did for both of them. So I'm here on the red record button right now. And the animation that I used Sorry, um, behavior. Keep calling them animation. Behaviours are animations there. They're the same thing. It's just they called them behaviors because they're already pre made. But essentially they are animation because it's causing it. It's causing the shape to do an action. So under behavior I used fade and only did was drag this fade on to my red circle shape. And then I altered it. So I went over in here, and it already does. There's three features in During and Out, in and out are fine because it's gonna fade in and then it's gonna fade out. The during is what you want to alter. And I'm going to add the fade on my little test here to show you guys what it was and what I changed it to. So I'm gonna add the fade to my example here. I'm gonna stretch this out press play, and this was the initial fade, so it faded in, and then nothing's happening. Don't mind that white line and then it fades out Well, that's not how a record button works. So during we want something to happen right now, there's none happening during this shape. So I wanted to be fading, and then you'll see that it it fades. Now it's starting to, you know, look more like it. But it's not completely what I remember when I was doing the camcorder videos when I was young. So I want to alter what's happening on the screen here. So you see that the fade when it's fading, it's it's slight fade, but it's not a full fate. I want a full fade. So I'm gonna take this a pat opacity and bring it all the way down to zero and then press play. It's gonna fade in, fade out, fade in, fade out and the seconds The loop time. The loop time is two seconds in the delay. Zero seconds now. I tried the loop time to go a little bit faster, but it's actually not. That was too fast for me, so I actually like this type of fate. I like going in and out in and out, like literally one second, one second if you see here on the example to me, this looks like believable. This looks like it's actually recording, like I'm I'm filming on a camcorder. So that is how you add the animation to that. And that pretty much finishes the whole effect. I mean, you could definitely ADM or effect you can You can go and download like, a grainy effect if you wanted to add more of, ah, like on the video have, like a grain static effect on your video. You can definitely add that, but that is it. That is how you do a really cool nineties cam quarter video effect in Kent, Asia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see you in the next video. 43. How To Do a Multiple Pop Up Effect With Text and Pictures: you can pretty much do this multiple pop up effect with a whole bunch of different types of media. So you can do this with text pictures, videos. I'm actually going to be doing this with the library icons, so I'll be show you guys how to do that with just some random icons here. So what I'm gonna do is I'm just gonna choose a bunch of stuff right now, and I'm gonna show you what it looks like. So I'm just gonna put a bunch of brand, um, type items. Like I said, you can do this with text pictures or videos. So let me show you how to do this. So you know how, like sometimes in a video, they have just like multiple things popping up one after the other, That's what I'm gonna show you how to do. So once you have all of you know, your media that you want. I've got 10 different icons here. I'm just going to sighs this accordingly because the timeline was fully magnified. So I'm just gonna bring that in a little more. Okay, so we've got our 10 icons here, and then I'm gonna put the 1st 1 here. I'm gonna put the 2nd 1 here. Now, the key is you can stagger them or you can have them pop up all the same time. I'm going to make them staggered. So I'll show you what I mean by that. Us. Basically like making the icons look like it's a bunch of stairs walking up. So if you see here at the top, it's the keyboard. Oh, I have some more items. Hold on one second. So let me just finish up here. This is how you stagger the icons. You just put one a little bit after the other, and it looks like it's like stairs going down like diagonal stairs. So now when I get to the first icon, this is huge. So I want to resize this. I don't want it to be that big. I maybe wanted to go pop up over here, right? And then the 2nd 1 I'm gonna do the same thing. I'm wanted to pop up over here. 3rd 1 I'm gonna have it, Papa, over here. And then I was gonna go through real quick here and resized the other icons. Okay, so I finished re sizing all the icons. Now you may notice that. Okay, this one's gonna pop up, and then this one and then this one and then that one. But then the first one's gone like it expired. So if you want them toe all stay on the screen at the same time, then you need to lengthen each icon. So I'm just going to make them all like this length just to show you having all them pop up and stay on the screen. I mean, there's a bunch of different ways that you could do this. You can have them pop up and then just go away altogether. But if you want to populate the screen with a bunch of icons or whatever text videos, this is how you do it. You need to extend each icon or media. Whatever you have on there. I'm just basically clicking and dragging, and I'm gonna make sure all of them are going to be the same length when they finish their not the same length as a whole. But they're going to be the same length when they all finished. So the all disappear the same time. Okay, so that's all of them. So As you can see, they're all gonna be popping up here. I'm just gonna move a couple of them just so we have them spaced out a little more with this one over here. Okay, so we have the mall spaced out. And if you if you don't like if you want let's say the start to be on top, then you need to move the star media to the top of your timeline. It's literally whatever is the highest point here. That's gonna be what's going on top. And then there's different layers. This controller here, that's up the bottom layer. But nothing is covering it, so it doesn't show. But if I were to take this keyboard see, it's always gonna be covered because it's at the very bottom. But if you want the controller to be at the top, then you need to move it to the top of the timeline. So I'm just gonna play here what we've got, and then I'll show you a little bit more features of what you can do to spruce it up. So I'll just play it right now. So there's a controller than the mouse pad that star the key lock some gear thing. Ah, heart mouse. Oh, no. Sorry. That was a keyboard and the buildings. And then I think, another building. Okay, so that was 10 icons that just popped up on the screen. Now, you can get really creative with this, and if you do it properly, it's gonna look really cool. So let me show you some cool stuff that you can do with behaviours if you add them in. So I'm just gonna play around here, and I'm gonna put different behaviors on each of the icons so you guys can see, like, how cool it could be. So each one's gonna have a different one. Okay, last one. So I've added behaviors to each of these icons, and you guys can get a feel. Obviously, I personally wouldn't add a different behavior for each one. But I'm just showing you guys all the different kinds of behaviors that you can add to your media again. You can do this on text, images, videos. The behavior will work on that media that you use. So I'm gonna click play here and you guys can see the multiple pop up effect. So there was the controller the mouse, so you can see they're all animating right now. And it looks pretty fun, right? Like it's like a cartoon, almost so you can see that's all of them right there. And it looks pretty neat. And then the ologists like one away. And within each behavior you can alter what is happening to that specific items so you can choose the way it comes in. You can have it go faster or slower. What happens during that specific behaviour and how it leaves the screen. You might not want it to fly out of there. You could just have it stay the entire time. That's the cool thing with the behaviors, as you could make it totally customizable. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 44. How To Place Video Footage Inside Text: So let me show you how to do this. I've got a test media here, and you want to head over to annotations and you want Teoh. Use this one right here, which is a shape with some text on it. Now, that's gonna be important for this little tutorial here, so I'm going to drag it down and we're going to reverse the colors. So I'm gonna just put I'll put a ref's name and I want to change the colors so I actually want the font to be white, and then I want the shape to be black. So I'm going to change this to Black, and then I'm going to space it out here, and I'm going to make it the shape of the entire box here. And then I'm gonna enlarge the font. I'm gonna go maximum volume, which is 500 but I want a really thick fat font. That's how this is going to look good is if you have a really thick font. So I actually downloaded a nice wide font, and I'm gonna use this one. So 500 is the largest size of font that you can go if you try and go above that. It's going to say something like, Please enter a number between one and 500. So that kind of sucks because you can only go 500 which is the maximum. So make sure that you have downloaded Ah, very nice, thick font so that this this feature will look good. That's only downside to this tip is there's a limitation on font size. So I chose this really big fund and I downloaded it. There's another tutorial on this on how to get specific new fonts that aren't already in camp Tasia. Because if I were to use a phone like this one that's really skinny and small, it's not gonna work out. So I'm gonna go back to that font. Or was it? This was actually pretty wide to let's use this one. This one's called Roland. All right, so I'm just going to stretch this out just a little bit just for the purpose of this video . Now, here's where the cool part happens. You want to head over to visual effects. You want to go to remove a color, and you're going to be using the green screen effect. But you don't have any green screen stuff. We didn't film in front of a green screen, but you can still do some cool stuff with it. So I'm going to remove the color, choose that one, drag it down here and then from here, you want to head over and you want to use the little dropper thingy and you want to click on the white and it's going to remove the white. And you're like, Oh, no, what happened doesn't look good. Well, you actually want to place a video behind that by placing it on the bottom. So I'm gonna take this video, and I'm gonna put it at the bottom of this, and I'm just gonna lower the volume just a little bit because it might be too loud. But as you can see, a re here is already peeking through, and I'm going to enlarge this so that it fits on the screen, and I could even move her down a bit. So as you can see, you're already getting kind of a cool effect. Now I want to fix the edges a little bit because there was a little bit of a white happening. I don't know if you guys concede on the video, but I'm gonna head back to the text scroll all the way down to the bottom where it was remove a color and under tolerance. I'm going to raise that. And as you can see, it's going to disappear. And then the softness, you could just play around with that, Uh, I'll raise it up a little bit more, okay? And then I'll just play it a little bit for you so you guys can see the cool effect. This is a Reid's latest cover. That she did is called Champion, originally sung by Carrie Underwood. All right, so that was just a little bit of a test of the video there. Um, I'm gonna just stretch this out so you can see the full thing. So as you can see, it's a pretty cool effect when you have a video behind some text. Now, you can change this text to whatever you want. I just have it as or reads name. But you can get really creative input, like, just like a scenic background. If you want. You don't actually have to have like a person behind it. It could just be a cool scenery effect. That is also really cool. You can also do something like making it a lot smaller. Oops. I moved that hold on one second, making it a lot smaller and then just fitting only part of it right here. So that looks cool as well. And I was just playing around and I found out how to do this. I was wondering if I could do this at first, and then it kind of just came to me. Okay, let's do the green screen effect, removed the color of the letters on a black background and then place a video behind it. That is how you do a video in letters effect. Now you can get really creative with this. You can do some really cool things. You some really cool words have more than just one word in the middle and have a bunch of words in small text and big text guys a limit with this kind of thing. So I encourage you guys to try it out on your videos. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 45. How To Do A Scribble Effect Animated Sketches: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to create a scribble effect in Kem Tasia. All right, So I recently did this effect on a REITs latest cover video of Say Something by originally by Justin Timberlake. And I will say that this is one of the coolest effects I've done on a cover music video. But it is also one of the hardest. So I'm going to show you how it is, how it looks. And this is on a REITs music channel right here. I'll have a link to the full video so you guys can check it out. So play about 30 seconds of it so you guys can see the effect in action. All of these air, all separate scribble effect drawings. All right, so that was the 1st 30 seconds. As you can see, the scribble effect looks really cool on a video cause it's like thes squiggle drawings that are happening really fast on the video. And you may remember initially seeing this kind of thing, like on the Justin Bieber song. Where are you now? As kind of the trend that created from that song. And a lot of people have this effect in their music videos. So let me show you how to do that in Kim Taejin nine. All right, So before I get into this, this strategy, this method here that I'm gonna teach you is very time consuming. It takes a lot of time because you have to draw each individual drawing frame by frame and give you just a little quick overview. One second could potentially be 24 to 60 frames per second. Now we're working with frames, not by second. So that's why it takes a lot of time. That music video. If you watched the entire thing, I was doing the scribble effect for three days straight. Like that's how long it took me to do all those individual drawings. And I you know, I spent some time on each one of them to make sure that it looks good in the video. So just know that this is an effect that is gonna take a little bit, but when you do it properly, it's gonna look really cool. So I'm here in kempt Asian nine and I've got the video that the music video. Say something here. The cover video. I'm just gonna place that on the timeline. And I'm going to show you an example of how to do this. Now, when you place your video or whatever, like you know, this doesn't have to be on a music video. You could do this on an artistic type of video on a tutorial, even like it looks. And it it's a cool effect. So when you place your media, you just want to zoom in on the timeline to the maximum because you're dealing with the frames and not the seconds. And, you know, if you think about it music videos, they're actually videos. In general, they're made up of many different pictures, and that's what makes it look like it's moving. So I'm just gonna move this timeline here. Actually, I'm just gonna just make this a little bit smaller, gonna enlarge it again, But I'm just gonna move a little bit over. Okay, so let's say we want this part here. I'm gonna zoom all the way in. Okay, so let's say this is where I want to start with doing some of the scribble effect Now you're going to be using temptation nine in conjunction with a free program called Paint. So before you get started, just open paint there. I'm gonna open it now, OK? So quickly explain what I'm gonna be doing, and then I'll go through it with you guys, so it makes more sense. So basically, what you need to do is you need to isolate each frame, draw your picture on that frame in paint, and then insert it back into the video. Now might be confused right now, but let me show you what I mean. So here this place, I want to put a scribble effect. Well, first, I need to mark this on the timeline because you're going to be dealing with so many different frames. You need to market because you might get confused. And it might be frustrating to remember where you got your screenshot from. So you want to add a marker and how you do that is, you click shift em and then it's going to say marker right now is his marker to That's fine . And now we want to make this into full screen, make it enlarged, take a screenshot of it and then put it into paint. So I'm gonna head over here. I don't know why they make full screen so annoying to do in camp Tasia eight full screen was really easy. It was just one button. But here you have to head over to the percentage area. Click detach canvas, click this thing here, which allows you to do full screen. It just takes way longer to do so. Now you want to take a screenshot of this, so I'm gonna click print screen and it might The button on your computer might actually say print screen. Or it might say something like PR t dot sc. That's what I have here, every computers different. But we all have the print screen button just in different forms. So I've now pressed the print screen button. Now I'm going to exit out of full screen, so I'm going to click Escape, and then I'm just gonna click X on this because I don't need it as a separate window right now. I want to go back to the original board here. Now you want to head over to paint now you wanna hit paste. Okay, so now you've got the image here. Now, the cool thing is, on my computer, I have a touch screen on my computer, so it made it really easy to draw. It's gonna take some practice if you only have a mouse. But if you have, like, a thing that you can connect to your computer that allows you to use a stylist or if you have a laptop that's touch screen, that's gonna be really beneficial, cause like, right now, I'm touching my screen and I'm choosing the pencil. I'm choosing the size here as the largest, and then I'm gonna choose white. You can choose any color you want, but for this particular video I want ah, white color as the pencil marking scribble effect on the video. So now I have touch screen so I can literally touch my screen, and I'm gonna do some drawings here. So I'm gonna do test so that you guys can see it Now. The cool thing is, you don't need to be good at art to make this look cool. In fact, the more scrub Lee and the more less perfect it is the cooler, it looks because it gives us kind of like a shaky effect. So over here, I'm just gonna outline or eat. I usually go a couple of lines into it so that it's more prominent in the video. So do something like that. We'll put like a star something, and that is this is one frame. So now I'm going to save this. So I'm gonna go file, save as, and you can do PNG or J pig. And you want to create a new folder for you to put all of your screen shots so you don't get confused. So I created this Ah, test folder here. Test scribble effect. I just created this right now, my computer. And now I'm gonna title it as test, too. I'm going to click Save. Okay, now we're done with this part. Now we need to head back into Kem Tasia. I know there's a lot of parts to this, but it is a really cool effect. I promise you that if you stick with it, it will look cool. Okay, so now that we are back here in can't Asian nine, we want to import that screen shot that we just drew on and paint. So it was called test to I'm gonna double click. Okay? It's now in my media. Been I'm gonna now drag this down to the marker. Do you guys maybe understand what's happening now? So I have now placed this, and now I need to size it accordingly. So I'm gonna size it to the exact dimensions of the screen. You can also crop it. So, like, crop it from here. Krupp from the side crop from the other side and then go from the bottom. And then now I'll place it and size it accordingly. Okay? And then once we've got that placed, I'm going to move this a couple of frames over. You don't want to make this too long. So what I'm gonna do is them take this head here and I'm gonna click to move the little pointer here to move it slightly. Because if you move it like this, you might not be as accurate with it. You can press the either the period or the coma key, and it moves it frame by frame. And how you know you're moving frame by frame is if you see here. It says, one minute, 29 seconds, comma. 23 So that's like the frame 23. So if I click on that, it's gonna go 24. So I'm gonna choose this to be two frames long. So I started from here 22 23 24. So this is this length is two frames long. You don't want to go any longer than that, because it's gonna do, like a lag effect on your video. If you purposely want that, then you know that is cool. But if you wanted to have more of a smooth effect with scribble, then don't make it longer than two frames. So I'm gonna click the split s I'm gonna click that, and I'm gonna just delete this cause I don't need that anymore. I am done with that. Okay? And that is one frame of scribble effect. Now, I'm gonna just decrease this here for a second. So you guys, it'll flash really quickly, so just play it, All right? Did you see that? It happened pretty fast. Play it one more time. Oh, okay. It's like it's like a quick flash. It happens really quickly. And that is what the scribble effect is, cause it's happening so fast it looks like it's like being drawn on the screen and moving with the pictures because you're doing them to the outlines of whatever is happening in your video. So I'm going to do one more and show you guys. But basically, this is what you do over and over again. No. In this cover video, this original cover video that we have here on YouTube, we only did certain parts because it took a long, long time, and I'll show you may be here at the end here. I'll show you a little bit of the titles that we did here at the end, and we did them in section so you can choose certain highlights of your video to do it on. So here's ah, at the end here we did little sections here and I'll play it for you. All right, so that was three sections there now. The 1st 2 sections were 20 frames each, and that will be about 2 to 3 seconds worth of scribble effect. The last one there with a REITs name that was, I believe, 30 frames. So it's a little bit longer, so I find that when you do at least 20 of these frames inserted into your video that it's, you know, visible and you can see the effect and it looks cool. It will take a long time to do the entire video, because, literally, you're gonna have hundreds and hundreds of screenshots. That's totally normal. It's because you know you're working with each frame of the video, but as you can see, it's really cool. So So if I'm gonna be putting the second frame here, I'm actually gonna put it on the fourth frame here. So this is the 1st 2nd 3rd 4th I leave us. Ah, one frame space on the next one. I found that it worked really well. Some people do every single frame, meaning they would. They would only have this one this length and they would have the next one starting directly after I find that will take way too long. So I decided to make it two frames length and then start on the fourth frame here. So it's one, 234 is where I would start the next one. So again I would add the marker. I will go shift em. Okay, Then I would enlarge this full screen head over here. Detach canvas. Go Full screen button Here. Click print, screen, press escape. To get out of the full screen exit of this head over to paint Here, you can go file new. I don't want to say this. Click paste. Okay, we've got the second frame here. Now I'm gonna choose pencil this size white. You can choose whatever you want and let's scroll down here and let's do another drawing. Okay, so let's outline reit as a whole again. You don't need to be perfect with this, cause it's gonna look really cool when it happens really fast. Maybe we'll put some stars in the water. Oh, the stars look really bad. That's okay, though. Even though this looks bad, like it looks cool in the video. Okay, add some birds there. I'm gonna save this, so I'm gonna go file save as PNG put it in that same folder. Go test three. Now this. I'm calling them test. But when I was doing the other one, I was calling them picture one picture to picture three and went all the way up to 300. So I'm gonna click Save Head back to Camp Tasia import this into your media. Been test three. All right, I've got it. Place it down at your marker, then head over to the crop tool. Crop it out. Size it. Okay, We're gonna size it now. All right, I'm gonna now move this over two frames. Click the split tool, delete the rest, cause I don't need this. And then I'm gonna just play it for you guys so that you can see it happening real quick. Make sure to pay attention and happens. Really? Oh, so as you can see, we'll do it again. It'll go over it here, frame by frame. So this is what's happening in the video with me slowing it down. So as you can see, it's a really cool, artistic effect. And like I said for this section, I would continue on for 20 more frames. You can go longer, you can go shorter. I just found that 20 frames equal to at least two seconds. So that was enough for people to see it. The effect on the video I find if if it was one second it was a little bit too fast for the I and again you can you can not do 20 chunks like you can do. The entire thing is totally up to you. But this is what I found worked for this particular video. And it does take a lot of patients. But in the end, it looks really cool. Our guys will Thank you so much for watching. I'll see in the next video. 46. How To Do An Old Film Effect Grainy Retro Film Effect: all right, so in can't Asia, you can make the color of the film like a sepia, which is like a brown tone or a black and white tone. But you can't create that sort of like grain, you know, flickering thing happening that's on the screen that old style films and movies have you actually need to download that first and then in put it onto your video. So first thing I'm gonna do is head over to YouTube here, and I'm already here and you want to type something in, like free film grain overlay green screen. You needed to be in a green screen so that you can remove this effect on your video, but still have that damaged old look. So as you can see, there's a bunch of them here and you can choose the one that you want. So let's just pretend like we're looking at this one. I'm doing this live for you guys, so let's say we want this one right here. So you want to download this one, and usually there's links down in the description below the videos of how you can download the free video. Okay, so now that you've downloaded that effect, you want to import it into your media. So let's just grab that right here. This was this one right here. And then I've got, like, a test clip here. When I was just testing out before I was filming, I'm going to drag this down here. I'm gonna delete the screen portion because I only want the video here, and I'm just going to enlarge this here just as a test. And then we can enlarge a bigger if we wants. Okay. And then I'm just gonna mute it cause we don't need this sound. Right now. He's going to show you the effect, and then I'm just gonna tone that down. Okay, So next what we need to do is let's choose either to make it black and white or like a brown sepia. So I'm going to go to modify, make sure you have this highlighted, go over to add effect, go over to visual effects and go to color adjustment. And it's going to make it like a very strong black and white. We can fix that by playing around with these buttons here, so let's just leave it here. If you bring in the saturation, you're going to bring in a little bit of color. So this is the, like, original color, so you can bring in, like, a little bit if you want, or just have it completely black and white. I'll have it completely black and white for now. And then what I'm gonna do is grab the clip that we downloaded and then place it on top. And then I'm going to just place this over here and stretch it out to go on top of the video. Just make it a little bit bigger so that it fits. And then what we want to do is head over to visual effects. And because this is on a green screen, we need to remove the green screen color. So you want to click on remove color from visual effects, drag it down. You can see that there's still a little bit of green happening right now, so what we can do is we can play with the tolerance and the softness of the remove color. So I'm gonna just increase this here and then let's see if the softness does anything not too much. OK, let's leave it and let's play it right now, I'm just gonna duplicate this video footage of me to make it so that it's longer so that we can see more of the effect happening. And then let's click play and check this out. So, as you can see, it's got some sound with it as well. You can leave that in or remove that. Let me just lower that down a bit. Lower it, but you can keep that if you want as an added bonus effect. But as you can see, this looks like an old style like I was from the 19 fifties or something. You know that you can get different kinds of the green screen effects for the old damaged film. You can get a whole bunch of different kinds. This is just one kind. There's one's words even more grainy, like as a whole. But you see this. It's got like the strips, the black strips that are happening like in the middle of the video. You can actually create it in temptation. Nine. You can do the black and white effect on Camped Asia, but you need to grab the actual film grain, old film, grain effect from somewhere else on a green screen. Input it and then you can do it so well. Played a little bit more here. It's cool. There's me in the 19 fifties. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 47. How To Create Cool Patterned Backgrounds: All right. So let me show you the kinds of backgrounds I'm talking about. And there's a 1,000,000 ways to make cool backgrounds and temptation. Nine. But let me show you how I did this particular one because I got some comments on it when people ask me how I did it. So I'm gonna show you in a Reid's latest cover video. Havana. I'm going to show you the background that I'm talking about. So let me just play this year, this and that off there. Sorry. Hey, guys, thank you so much for watching. All right, so this is the background that I'm talking about, so it looks really cool. It's got like it's almost like a cool wallpaper pattern that's happening. It's like a pineapple. There's a teal happening and read standing in front of it. Now, this is a really cool way to have Ah, cool looking background. If you've got, like, a boring gray one happening behind you. All right, so I'm here in temptation. Nine and first of all, for this to even be possible, you need to have filmed yourself in front of green screen because you need to be able to remove the background from your original video so that you can put in this new backroom. Now, if you are not putting yourself on there, then it doesn't matter if you use green screen or not. If you want to just use this protects or just whatever in your projects, then you know that's fine to do. So first thing we actually need to do is we actually need to create the background itself, these pineapples here, so you need to create it somewhere else. And luckily there's some more really simple that you can do this. Now I'm gonna show you a website called Flat i com dot com, and it's ah, website that has, like, a bunch of different kinds of small images icons that you can use in your videos. Now, it might be different if you're looking at this later on, but right now you basically go on flat icon and you scroll down. You find this here. This is their latest, uh, up to create really cool patterns. Now let's click. Try now and let's recreate that that pineapple pattern so you want to type into the search whatever you're looking for, So if you want like cool sushi in the background or a shoe in the background and you're doing a shoe review or whatever. Whatever you want in the background, type it in there and see if they have an image on it. So let's do that pineapple, Um, actually hold on one second living head over toe icons because they have packs of icons and then just icons. And I want the icons on Lee. So I want the pineapple and, you know, I specifically chose the pineapple because the song is called Havana and, you know, like tropical theme, and I put the teal background behind it. So that's where I was going with with that. So let's see here. Which one was the pineapple that I used? So as you can see, they have, like, a whole bunch of different kinds. Now it doesn't really matter which one you use, but this is just an example. Here, let me see if I can find the exact one. There's so many it can't even remember which one it waas. Maybe it was this one. Let's just say it was this one. So when you click on the icon is gonna pop up like that, and you're like, Whoa, there's six of them. Well, we want to arrange them so that it creates a pattern and I have a system for doing this. So what you want to do is click on this and drag it all the way to the top corner. Now, you could a little add a little slant to it if you want. And you do that by clicking the circle and you can go like that and you could make it bigger or smaller. I like to have them just like this kind of size on Let's keep them slanted. Now from here, we want to duplicate what we just did. So don't go back and click on here with the original pineapple. You want to keep it clicked on here with this one that I have on the actual page here, and you want to click on Duplicate where it has like the two gingerbread man Click on that and it's gonna duplicate it from here. You're actually going to highlight it and move it over here. When you do this, it's gonna create the perfect pattern. Um, it's gonna be symmetrical, and everyone's gonna be all in their place and it's gonna look really cool. So as you can see here, you can kind of we can move this down to slightly, but you can see here that is starting to look like a pattern. Right now, I've played around with this event, so this is the easiest way to get it. You couldn't play around and get other different types of patterns, but this is how I did it. Then you want to head over to this tab over here that says BG this right now has a white background. If it has a white background, then your background is gonna have a white background. But you want to be able to change the colors to, you know, whatever you want. So what I do is I put this all the way down to zero to keep it out of transparent background and then when head over to download and you want to change the dimensions a little bit, you can play around with this, But typically we do something like 1500 and then oops, 5000 and then drives. I wasn't and it creates something like this from here. You want to download this. So let's pretend like you did all that stuff. You want to import that into your media, so you can either click this or the plus sign, and then let's import that. So, pineapple, I got my pattern here. It's here. It's, like, very similar to the one I just showed you how to do. Now, let's drag this onto the timeline, and I actually want to change the dimensions to what I usually have it at. So let's change it to 7 20 is what I usually have it at. Apply. Okay, Now you have a whole bunch of pineapple here, and you can arrange it the way you'd like, so you can have them bigger or smaller in this particular video. What I did was I had to side by side. So I'm just gonna go like this and size thumb, and I'm just gonna go highlight this control C control V and there's another one. I'm slide it over here, slide this one all the way to the end. You can play around. We could move it just a little bit, or okay, so now you've got this, like pineapple pattern, which looks pretty cool. So what we did. What I did in there was I wanted a teal color to make it very summery because the song's called Havana. So I took a white to shape and take the black one. Doesn't matter. Change it to the teal color here. Changes outlined to teal. Size it accordingly. Make sure that the shape, the color shape, which is going to be the background of the pineapple pictures It needs to be below the pineapple because if I go and put it on the top, is just gonna cover the pineapple so it needs to be below. So it's behind it, and I'll just shape it here to fit the screen. Accede, Starting look really cool. It's really fun, Tropical. And you see, when I put a read in front of that, see here, put her from that. You know, if you like, it looks really cool like, and she's was wearing a teal T shirt to, and so it looked really fun. So if you're doing like a fun type video, or if you're not even in front of it, like it's cool toe have text. I'll show you what text looks like in front of it. Let me just scroll here. What you see right here? There's some text years getting kind of covered by this. But you can see that, you know, really bold text looks really cool on this as well. You could make yourself like, I mean, if you have photo shop and you're really good in photo shop or if you have can va like you could do this in any type of graphic designing software. I just showed you flat icon because it's just it's really easy in that particular software to make patterns and then you just import it. Make sure you've got a transparent background so that you can change the color of the background. Like, for instance, if you didn't want this to be the teal green, let's see, I wanted to be, ah, purple or something both. That's even Alex even cool to, You know, it's just so vibrant and alive. And, you know, I'm actually thinking of, you know, having mawr backgrounds like this when we're doing some tutorial videos because I think it actually looks really cool and fun. All right, guys, Thank you so much for watching. We'll see in the next video 48. How To Do a Comic Book Effect: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to do a comic book effect in Kem Tasia. And I'm going to play unexamined all of a comic book effect that I created here in Contagion nine. So this is the 1st 1 here, and you can see that there's a blue effect. This is my business partner or eat. And, you know, she's kind of It's kind of like, you know, like sensitivity. Like those comic book type movies were You can get that effect on your video. Now, this is what it looks like in black and white. Um, it's a little bit of, ah, harsher effect. But, you know, it could look cool depending on what kind of project you're doing. So that's my business partner or read. I'm gonna show you the original video. I'm gonna delete everything and show you guys how to do it. So I'm gonna delete everything right now. I'm just gonna highlight click back space, and then I'm going to drag the original video file of a rate onto camped Asian nine here and you can see that it's full of color. It's vibrant and it just looks like regular video footage, right? All right, so let's make this into comic book effect. So first thing I'm gonna do is just lower the audio down in this muted for this video. And then what you want to do is you want to highlight the clip that you want to do this effect on, head over to modify, then go to add effect, visual effects and then color adjustment that immediately is going to give you a black and white effect. And when you play it, it kind of looks cool, cause it's like overexposed in The contrast is really dark now, the key here to make it. The comic book effect is to put the saturation at zero, because you'll see if you start to put some saturation, then it starts toe have color. And for this I mean, you can have color if you want. You guys can do whatever you want, but I prefer this effect with no color at all. So no saturation. But here's what it looks like if you add like a little bit of the skin tone. But I prefer without and then you can play with this. You could make it even brighter if you want or lower if you want. I usually put the contrast at Max, and the brightness is usually a boat here. So this is what it looks like. You know, if it's if it's black and white, you can definitely use this, as is right now. And this would be kind of like a comic book effect if you had, like, the comic book Fonte could put you know, some cool writing here or whatever and make it look like, you know, alive comic book type theme. So now I'm gonna show you guys how to add, like a color filter over the video. Now, it's a little bit of a different way because I was playing around with this. And if you try and add a color filter on the current video finished that you're on, it's not gonna work out, So I'm gonna show you what I mean. So right now I've just done this effect on the original footage. But if I go over here to visual effects and I go to colorize, which does add a color effect on your video if I click on that kind of just makes it a weirdo. Like I wanted a blue. It doesn't really do it. I'd have to bring in the saturation for it to show up blue. But then it also brings a little bit of the skin tone. So I mean, you can have this as an effect, Tuas. Well, you could definitely do this, but I didn't really want it to look like this, but you definitely can use this. So I'm gonna show you the method that I had shown you in the beginning. So I'm gonna just x out of the cul arise here. You see here it just says colorized. I'm gonna x out of that. And then I'm going to take away some of the saturation because I had to bring in a little bit of the saturation in order to show the cull arise. So I'm gonna show you the version that I came up with. I'm actually gonna put a shape on top of the video. So you want to head over to annotations, head over to shapes, and then I'm just gonna grab this white one right here, and I'm going to extend it out and then I'm gonna put it over the entire video and it's all gone and it's It's white. It's white out right now. And then in the call out section, I'm going to click on the annotation properties right here. This little things, little speech bubble. And I'm gonna change the color of it to blue because, let's say I want to blue effect. You could do this for any color that you want, and then you want to lower down the capacity so you want to make it from solid to making it a little bit more clear and then now gives you I personally think a nicer cleaner filter. But whatever you're going for with your project, I mean, you guys can do whatever you want, but for me, I liked this. Um, you know, we might actually use this for one of our rates cover videos. We have these cover videos that we do, and you know, this is where I get to tweak and test out. A lot of the things on County Asia is for her kind of music videos, because you can't really do this on my tutorials on me, but I can show you guys how to do it. So that's where I get to test these kinds of things out so you can see that there's like a It's kind of like a lighter blue effect filter on the video now, and you can change this around so you can have the color as red or whatever. You know, Purple got here green, and it gives it kind of like a comic book, retro nineties type. Feel to it now. If you remember the original, let's move this over. So you guys, I can show you comparison. This is black and white. I'll show you the original and you guys can see the comparison here. Judges, lower that down and make us clip here. Okay, so this is the original, right? This is black and white, and then this is black and white with the blue filter on it. Now you can You can go lighter on the filter if you want, like, just like a small taste of it. Or be really aggressive with it however you want. That's the cool thing. You know, in kempt, aged nine is you could tweak it however you like. Alright, guys will think he's so much for watching and I'll see in the next video 49. How To Clone Yourself Easily Effect: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. Hello? Who are you? Who are you Okay, This is weird. You look exactly like module. No, no, I really Jewell. Alright, guys, we're going to show you how to do this in kempt Asia. Alright, guys, it's Jewell Tolentino here. So let me show you how to clone and duplicate yourself. So I apologize for the audio quality. I don't have my regular microphone with me here. I'm just using the computer, Mike and I know the sound quality isn't as good. So you just saw that clip of me. And there's actually only one of me in real life. I don't have a twin. Although I do have ah younger sister who is a year younger than me. But we don't look, I tentacle like that. So it makes it look like there's a clone of me. There's gonna drag this on the screen here so that I can show you sort of how I filmed it. So the key to filming this is you need a ah background like you need your camera on a tripod so that it's not moving at all. You can't have your camera moving, and you want to make sure that you know, if you're cloning yourself that you need to stay on one side of the video. So as you can see here, I'm on the left side and in the other clip, I'm going to be sorry I'm on the right side and in the other clip, I'm going to be on the left hand side over here. So the trick to doing this is filming twice in a background that's not moving and that you have your camera on a tripod and you kind of like act to you can act. You can act, however, you want each of them. Basically, I was pretending to talk to myself, so I had to pause and pretend like there's someone else there. But really, there's no one. And then when I filmed the second time, then I fill in those gaps, so we'll show you here. It's like completely silent, some speaking, So there's no one there, and I'm just pretending to speak to someone. All right, so there's no one there, and that's, you know, you want to make sure that you're acting right, so it looks like that there's two of you acting. So this was the first clip, and this was the second clip, and I'll just move this one over so you can see a little bit of it. So as you can see, I'm on the the other side now, but there's no one here on the right hand side. Now, how this whole thing works is that you need to actually crop one side of the video. I'll show you what I mean here. So, as you can see, I've got the two clips here. And if you put them on top of each other, the one on top is just going to go over top the 2nd 1 and you're not gonna see anything. So this what? I'm standing in front of our actually closet doors. They're not duplicative each other, these air actual closet doors. And I wanted this line to be like in the center. So one it would be easy for me when I was acting in real life to know. OK, don't cross over this little center line of the closet. Otherwise I'm going to go into the other frame and it's gonna look funny. And two, it's going to make it really easy to cut to do the duplication clone method. So here, I'll show you. Now, So you want to click on it, Go to the the crop tool here, and you just wanna pull away on this? I because I want to reveal myself from the left hand side and you'll see there. I, um right. And it's not completely perfect with the line with the filming, but you guys couldn't get the idea When the light adjusts here, it kind of looks like it's It's more together now, like in this scene. So now it looks like I'm talking to each other, So this is a really, you know, fun thing that you guys conducive an ad in your videos. I think I might add this in, like on the next episode or something. Pretend like there's two of me and it just makes for an entertaining little piece in your video. And you do have to be careful with the lighting cause you'll see that in the beginning here that there's a little bit of, ah, darker side. But then when I come into the video that it becomes lighter and it looks like it's more unified together. Like in this scene here. It looks like it all goes together, but that is how you clone and duplicate yourself in Camp Tasia. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching and we'll see in the next video. 50. How To Clone Yourself Into 2 People Effect Advanced: as you can see here, there's a REIT and we're just testing some stuff out. Now I'm gonna play the video for you guys, and then you can see the effect for yourself, and then I'm gonna explain it. After what? I think it was just a test video, guys, but as you can see, it looks like in the very beginning that there's one person right, But then at the end, it turns into two people. Now, that is the effect I'm talking about. So it's kind of like it's still cloning yourself, But it's like splitting one person into to And I didn't even know that we could even do this until you re actually brought it up. She said, Hey, can we make it so that I originally she wanted three, but I was thinking about it and we tried it out, and it it only worked best when there was two people. So I'm gonna show you guys. Well, first of all, I'm gonna actually explain how we filmed this, because if you don't film it correctly, then you're not gonna be able to edit it correctly. So now the key here is to make sure that you stand in the same place. Otherwise, the placement of the person. It's not gonna look like one person, like right now. This looks like one person to the if you're not paying attention, but is actually two different clips, as you can see here, down at the bottom when you are filming, you need to make sure that you have a background that is not moving, and you need to just kind of center things. So on your camera there's usually like a grid that you can pull up that shows the center and like different sections of the viewfinder. Make sure that you got the center and you know where it is. Like the center was like down here, right, And you need to get the subject read in this case to stand in the center of that line, the center of the camera because and you need to make sure that she's also like her whole body is in the center is she can't be from leaning to one side or the other. Otherwise it's not going toe work, so basically everything needs to be in the center, and I told her not to move until I counted and you can hear me going. 1234512345 Because I'm queuing her when to move. If you don't have the timing right, then it's going. It's not gonna look very good when you are editing, So just play the first part again. So what? Five She moved and then it, like, splits into two people. So if you if you see that here it's now two and then originally it was one. The first thing you need to make sure try pubs not moving. It's on a tripod, your cameras on a tripod, you know, holding it and that you've got, like, a still background and the subject and the person who are you, who you are going to be filming that's going to be splitting into two. They need to stand in the center, and they need to not move until you count the men or whatever, and then you need to film that twice over. So I'm gonna show you here. The 1st 1 was Avery going to the right hand side, and then the other one here is over it. Going to the left hand side here Now I'm gonna just delete everything and I'm gonna show you how I put this together something. Delete it and then I'm going to put this clip down and then the second clip. Now the reason why I say to count it so that you can match them up really easily. So as you can see, I did almost the same counting in each video. This one's actually a little bit sooner, but that's OK. This was just like a test example. So when you line up the two clips, one is going to be covering the other. So you need to reveal the other one by cropping it. So this is the clip. Worry is going over to the left. Now what I'm gonna do is highlight it and head over to the crop button and I'm gonna crop out half of the video. So as you can see, it's and and you see, because I had it on Tripod and I didn't move anything, it's Look, I'm like it looks like I'm unveiling the exact same thing and that's what you want. You wanted to be basically identical up until she moves. So I've now taken it from here bringing it down to the center, and that's why it still looks like the same person. I mean, if you really go up close and you could be like, Hey, it's like slightly off. But you know, it still looks pretty cool. So once you've matched that up and you've matched the timing, then when she moves than it did, then it's like, Well, there's a two person thing happening and there's two people in one shot and you cloned yourself. So that is how you do the clone effect. For this version, you basically stack the two videos up on each other, and then you need to crop away the one that is on the top, revealing the second layer. So you have half this. This first video is half, and then the 2nd 1 is the full one so that it looks like the same scene. But there's actually two clips, and one person splits into two. Are you guys will? Thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 51. How to do a video Collage Effect: Hey, guys. Has a going It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you how to do a cool video collage effect in kempt Asia. All right, so I'm here on YouTube right now, and I just released this music video on a Read's Channel and it's a Christmas song that we did. And it was last Christmas when the female cover version and I did this video collage effect , and I'm gonna play the video for you guys. A little bit of it, and then I'm gonna show you how I did it. So I'm going to press play here. All right, so you see in the video that there are 12345 There's five videos happening at the same time , and they are all different sizes. So it looks cool when you do this as an effect. Because you've got the large one here, a smaller one here, this one, the president, a smaller one and then the train going by, if you notice I chose the size of the video according to sort of the shape that's happening in the free stock footage. So you see these gifts here, it's more square. So it's square. The train's going across, So I made it more horizontal rectangle and the fireplace here with the mantle in brick wall . I wanted it to be framed in a certain way, so that's why I left it like that. And then this is the main video with REIT singing here, and then you have some drone footage of the trees and snow going upwards. So all these videos here, these ones the snow, the fire, the gifts, the train going by. It's all free stock footage that you confined online when you type in free Christmas stock footage and you'll find people that are offering free stock footage for you guys to use in your videos in exchange for putting a link to usually their YouTube channel or their website. So now let's head over here into Camped Asia and show you how I did this. Now this, when you have this many videos happening at once, it will lag like it will most likely lag on your computer, meaning it might be a little bit glitchy. But if you can get past that, then you can come up with a pretty cool video. As you can see here, I had four videos placed initially and then the main video popped up here. Now I'm just going to scroll up and show you that you actually have to have them all placed . So this one's right here, and this is actually a larger scene. But I cut out. There was there was another Christmas tree on the edge of the wall there, but I cut that out because I only wanted the fireplace and the brick wall. I wanted that whole thing cause I would have trees over here and trees over there, and there was a tree in this video as well. So I wanted to cut it out. And you will notice that there are many of the trees here in the blue. That's because that's stock footage was on Lee that long, So I had to duplicate it. So it's running on loop Ah, for the duration of the video. And this one is long because it it actually was a long stock footage. It was like I think it was the whole six minutes long, so I didn't have to duplicate that, and then the gift boxes I had to duplicate a lot because it is a very short stock footage and same with the train as well. So how I did this is I did my research first to find different types of free stock footage , free Christmas stock footage that I could download, and I wanted pieces of content that were bright in color and that each were really different. So I thought of different elements of Christmas. So the you know, the snowy part is the bottom one right here, the cozy being at home inside, you know, the fireplace, the yule log burning is an iconic thing, obviously gifts. And, um, next is the train set. That's sort of like a vintage type Christmases to do like a train set type thing. So this effect works really well when you can get really cool videos that go well together . And I wanted videos that had color so like vibrant color. Now you want to you can play around with the different types of shapes and where you want things to go. I wanted the main video of Read to be on the bottom, right, So that's why I left that space open. And then I played around. At first I had the trees, like over here on the top, right? And then I knew that I wanted the fireplace toe also be a secondary main video because it it looks so good. I wanted that one toe also be a larger piece of video on the screen. So that's why I fit it on the other side, in the top left. And then, to make it more dynamic, I put two up here and then one here. Now all I'm doing is re sizing the video. So I'm pretty much just like this is not the size that it came in. It came in as the entire screen. It came in like something really big. But I shaped it accordingly, using this tool right here. And when you click on this and you click on the corners of your videos, you can alter the sizes. I also cropped certain parts of the video, so I'm just gonna undo that. Put that back there, and then I will click on this one. So I used the crop tool and for certain videos, I cropped out so that it would fit exactly the spot. And when you click on the crop tool. Then you can go like this and crop out things and make it smaller or go back to the original, so I will undo that. Put that back there now, after I had my final placement of all my videos. Then I added a nice touch with these white lines, so these aren't already there. I actually physically placed each one of them, and I feel that it makes a really nice clean look for the video because if you remove them and you see the two videos connecting together, it doesn't look as clean. It looks more messy and the white border really separates them. And it's like, Oh, you know, all these. It's like many videos, but it's one video at the same time, which was what I was going for. So I'm going to scroll up here and show you. You see this here, shape these shapes. Each one is a line shape that I added. So I added one to three four, and I did the 1st 1 and I played around with the thickness because you don't want it to be Tuesday can you don't want it to be too thin. If it's too thin, then it's not really showing the that the videos or separate. If it's too thick, then it's just gonna look too chunky. And then it won't look as good. So how I did that is I went to annotations, and then I went to the shapes, and then I chose the rectangle, and then I stretched it out. Ford's great here. Gonna put this back on here and pretty much all I did was stretch it out and then make it into a line. You know, it doesn't have to be a rectangle doesn't have to be square. I made it into a line like that, played around with the thickness, and then once I liked the way it looked that I duplicated that one. And then I rotated it and move it around. So I didn't try and shape each 12 Figure out if I have all the same version, all he did was do one, and then I duplicated it. And then if I needed it to be vertical, then I would go here and then goes, go like that, and then you would have it vertical or, you know, Dagnall. Whatever you want. So that's how I did the shape for that. When you add that it's a really nice finishing touch for the video, and that's pretty much it for, you know, the four videos that are the stock footage and then this video right here, which is a rate singing, you know, we filmed that we just placed that video the same as well now, because these are all playing at the same time, they need to have their own line so you can see that everything is stacked up on each other . This is that video. And then this is the fireplace and that if they are on the same line together, like if I had something over here, they wouldn't be playing at the same time. They need to be stacked up like that. So when you play the timeline, they're all playing together. So that was it. That is how you create a video collage effect in kempt Asia. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 52. How To Do A Color Animation Effect: So I'm here on the dashboard right now, and I've got an example video for you guys. And the effect that I'm going to show you is with animation and color. So you see the video right now it's regular color. It's That's me on the video on the you know, the door here is supposed to be white, and this is supposed to be read in black behind this, but I'm going to do an animation of color filter over it, and I'm gonna have it change color while the video is playing to do, like a cool effect. So the first thing that you want to do is head over to the animations tab and you wanna already have your video down in the timeline area here. This is my example video, and you want to head over to custom and you want to drag this down to your video so it's gonna create this like, green arrow thing. What we're gonna do is we're gonna just stretch it out a bit so that, um, I can put the color in these arrows, so I'm just gonna just stretch it out here and I'll show you what I mean, if this is confusing so far, So I've stretched it out. It becomes this yellow arrow. Now I'm going to move my cursor over two, maybe this section of the arrow and I'm gonna head over to modify add effect visual effects , and I'm gonna go to cull arise. You can also go to color adjustment. Colorize adds a color filter over the entire video color adjustment adjusts the color like normally. So to make my skin more bright. To make the whites more bright, it won't add a color effect over the whole thing. It won't add a filter over the whole thing. So when I click colorize, it's going to make me green. And what I want to show is to have this change color while the video is playing for a cool effect. So let's say I want to start it off green, and then I want it to go purple, and then I'm going to move the cursor along just a little bit more, and then I want it to go yellow and then move the cursor just a little bit more and then I want it to go. Ah, pink. So let's play that from the beginning and see what happens. Someone for us play video starting off here as you can see, the colors changing. Okay, now we're in the purple, and now we're in the yellow, and now it's hitting up into that pink fuchsia, and now it's going back to green. So if you're doing like a cool video project, you can add this effect in your videos. You can see that it's going in and out of colors now. It doesn't look that great on me. I look like some grapes here right now, but if you do it right, it can look really cool. And you can play with these individual arrows. You could make them shorter, and then let's play it now. So the color changing is actually going a lot faster. No, because the shorter you make the arrow, the shorter the the animation time will be if you make the arrow longer, the longer the animation will be. So if I stretch out this 1st 1 here, stretch it out, press play. It's gonna take longer for it to go into that initial purple, and then the yellow goes much faster, and then the pink fuchsia goes a lot faster, too, because they're still smaller. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching. And I'll see you in the next video. 53. How to use Sketch Motion Effects: you guys has a go on. It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be talking about sketch motion effects in kempt Asia. All right, so I'm here in the camp Tasia dashboard and sketch motion effects are cool because when you put them on your timeline and in your videos, they're kind of like animations. So let me show you where to find them and how to play around and use them. So you want to head over to annotations and there's a whole bunch of tabs here, and you want to head over to the squiggly line, which is where you find all of the sketch motions. Now you can see there's different kinds. There's kinds that are more, um, like, perfect drawing and then kind kinds that are like, as if somewhere to someone were to write it themselves. So I'll grab the arrow, for example. Let me just zoom in on the timeline here. We'll grab the arrow when I've dropped it down. I just have, like, a video that I just filmed here to show you how I would use it. And OK, so we're on the timeline, and I put the arrow down and I'm gonna quickly press play. Actually, just gonna first mute the audio. Okay, so I'm gonna click play so you can see that the arrow was just drawn their on screen. Now you can play around with this when you click on it and it's highlighted. You can change some effects so you can change the color. So if you have branded colors like our colors are purple, so you can change it to purple, the thickness that, like that was too thin for me. So I would probably have it like like that, so that it's more bold that people could actually see it. And then the draw time is currently at one second, so you can make it longer or shorter. So if you go when we go three seconds because it was at one second before let me play it again. So now it's gonna take its time and draw itself. But you could make it shorter. C 0.5 seconds. It's going to go a lot faster hopes. There you go. That's a lot faster. So they haven't default. Set at one second. Put that there and then they have here flipped horizontally flip vertically. You can also do this. You can also click on this thing right here, and you can flip it around. But you might not like the way the arrow looks like that, so you can flip it like that if you want it The Ark going that way So there's many ways that you can play around with this, and it doesn't need to be vertical or horizontal. You can put it at an angle. You can make it like this, make it longer shorter, have the top part wider, all different kinds of variations. And like I said, they also have a circle one. And if you go here, you can thick in the circle, change the color, right, have it blue. And how would you you would use This is, Let's say I'm talking about something in specific, like right here, and I want to draw attention to it. So let's say in the video, I'm talking about something and I want them to look at that area. I would put the sketch motion around that area, and then while I'm talking about it, then it would pop up. So it's like I'm talking about this thing right here. And then it's like it circles it so that it draws the attention to that point. So people will look at that. If you want them to pay attention to that part of the screen at that moment, they also have a check Mark. I mainly used like these three, So the circle arrow check Mark sometimes the box as well. So this arrows too wide. So I would go like this and raise it up of it. And then I would add the thickness here, and then you can change the color to whatever you want and you can even do a check box. So here I'll do one right here. So I grabbed the box that was more perfect looking. Put it below and thick in the box. So let's say you had, like, some things that you wanted to do. Check mark on the screen and you had a box here and you are saying something and it was like a check mark thing. Then I would first you need to shape it to fit it, just moving it accordingly. And then depending on how you wanted to go, you could have the box appear first, and then the check mark. So click play so the boxes drawn in and then check Mark. Or you can have a go at the same time, right? Whichever way you want it to go, so it's completely customizable. It's really cool effects cause it's sketch motion and it's good when you're doing explainer tutorial videos or you just want to point to stuff on the screen. Alright, guys. Well, that was it for this video. That is sketch motion effects in Kemp. Tasia. Alright, guys, Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 54. How To Do a Staggered 4 Window Video Effect: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be showing you guys how to do a four window staggered effect in kempt Asian. I want to show you first what I'm talking about. Now we did this on the dream driven episode number 20 a day at Disneyland in California. Now, what's cool with doing this effect is when you have a ton of footage that you wanted to show on your project, this is a great way to still show it. But then also have, like, a cool effect. So when we went to Disneyland, we were there for the entire day. And as if you've ever mean there, there's, like, a ton of things to film. So I had, like, ah, lot of different clips and footage from the entire day, and I just loved them so much that I wanted to include as much as I could into the video while still making it look cool. So I'm gonna play the first minute or so of this video so you guys can understand what I'm talking about. I'll just show you a little bit about what I mean, so that was This is a quote. Actually, when you first walk in, you see this here by Walt Disney. That's our little intro. Here's where the first set of four start now, this is the four window effect that I'm talking about, all right, so now we get into the second set and you'll notice that it's not just going to be four videos after the 4th 1 it's going to change to a different clip. As you can see, this is now different. So we're now moving to number 67 and eighth clip here, and it's going to just keep rotating because I had so many things, that footage that I wanted to share, that I decided, Hey, you know what I'm gonna do like this four window staggered video effect in in almost the entire video. So as you can see, it's going through a lot of clips, but it's like it's cool. It looks really cool. I'm just gonna wait for it to get to this next section, so there's still bunch of clips going on. Let's just maybe us forward it. OK, OK, here's what we're a cool part comes now. If you have four of the same kind of thing happening like this is when we did this underwater deep dive. As you can see, there's four different things happening in the video, but it still looks cool, right? And then here, this is a fireworks one. So when you can kind of group them together, it looks good both when you grouping the same kind of video clips and when you're doing different kinds, it's all up to you. So this looks cool here cause it's all like, different kind of fireworks happening. And then I think I have a bunch of the parade as well. So we'll show you that, too. Here's when there was the parade. There was just so many things in the prey. Like, how could I leave all this stuff of? I could not. So this is like one of my favorite parts is when it just goes all crazy with the nighttime neon parade. So that is what I'm talking about. That is what I want to show you guys how to do it may look like, Oh, God, this is there so much stuff to do. But really, if you have the system down properly. It's not that hard to do. So let's head over to kempt Asia. And I've just got a set of some example clips to use here just from random trip that we had . Now the first thing that you want to do is you want to place your video clips down and let's just pretend like it's going to go in this order. But really, it's just a example. So as you can see, I'm layering them staggered. So this one's first this one second, this one's third, and then this one's going to be fourth. Now I'm gonna lower the volume on all of them because I don't want them to have audio. Okay, I've muted all of them, and now we can shape them accordingly. So this is track one. So I want this to go here in the first slot. This one right here is track, too. So I wanted to go in this slot and all I'm doing is re sizing. All I'm doing is grabbing the corner here and re sizing it to fit into the window shape. So this one's the third. I want to go here. You can have them go in any order that you want, they don't have to be in this order. This is just the way that I did it in the video. So as you can see the four different clips, they fit nicely into the slots. And it's like a four window effect, right? But we want to make it staggered, and we want them to rotate through clips. So let's just play first. In the beginning, it's gonna have this one, that one and then the fourth. As you can see, my computer is getting a little bit Laghi. That's okay, because when you have a bunch of video clips and files, it might get kind of glitchy. So let me just bring that there. You know what? Let's space these out of it more so we were a little bit zoomed up, So what I'm gonna do is actually move them even more. All right, so now let's play it 1st 2nd third, and then the 4th 1 which is kind of lagging. Okay, so first of all, you need to make sure that within the clip, this is what you want. So you want to choose certain parts of the clip that you want to be now the way I did it was I made each clip, like, maybe like 3 to 5 seconds long. So for the sake, let's just make it five seconds long. And what I usually do is I usually scan through the clips here. So I'm paying attention to the top left right here and paying attention to this one first, to see which part of the video is interesting that I want featured in my project here. So the first part was was fine because we were going onto the ferry. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna take five seconds of that and you can see that there's a counter here. So this is five seconds approximately click s to split it and then delete. So now we have our 1st 5 seconds, and now I'm going to pay attention to the second clip. So maybe I want this part where we zoom up here, right here. I want the part where we were, like, zooming up on on the pink orb thing. And obviously I'm rushing a little bit here to show you guys, but you want to, you know, pay attention to your clips and choose them accordingly. So here, I'm going to start it from here. So I'm gonna click the S button to split it. Click backspace delete button, and then I want about five seconds of this. So if you want it to be exact, you can grab this. Ah, red thing here, and it's gonna show you how much of this clip you got here. So right now I got four seconds, and here is the five. So if we can get it kind of exact. There we go. We have it at five. All right, so now we just double click it, click on the clip Click s to delete Story s to split, and now we're going to delete it. And then we're just gonna move this over and just stagger it a bit. Now you can play around and stagger this however you want, you can have it go this far out or here. You might want to make sure that you stagger them so that they come on. This one comes first than the second and then third and fourth. So I'm going to do the other ones really quickly here. So now we have five seconds each of these four clips, and they're kind of like stacked like the game here Jenga. But they're not in the same line, right? As you can see, one is a bit further than the other as we go up. Now, there's a reason why I go track one track to track three Track four If you were to put track foreign to track, too, and like you don't have them aligned like Track One I know is top left track to I know his top right track three I know is bottom left and truck four is bottom, right? If you go and just be really sloppy and you mess that up, you're gonna get confused when you're editing. So make sure that you keep things clean and you put things in order so that it makes it easier to edit. So now I'll just play these clips. It's only come on here and the 2nd 1 third and then the fourth. So, as you can see, some of them are being removed. So by the time you get to the end, you have, like, one left. Right now, there's a couple things that you can do here, you could either add new clips and do the same thing. Or you can duplicate them cause maybe you want them to go through twice or something like that. But let's add new clips. So let's say we want this. Put this at the very bottom. This one, this one, this one and then this one. And as you can see, I'm putting them right up against the other ones. I'm gonna do the same thing and get rid of the audio, so I'm just gonna mute them, okay? And then I'm gonna do the same thing. I'm going to clip them for five seconds. So let's see here. I'm gonna grab this red part here and make sure that it's five seconds. Obviously you want to make sure that it's the part that you want, so let's see. Let's just be approximate right now. Click s Delete that. Okay. Now you need to make sure that you shape them because it's going to be, like, huge again. So this clip right here, I'm going to just grab bottom, place it in that spot, and then this one here do the same thing. I'm going to do five seconds on this click s delete. And then this was the bought the top, right? So put that there and then the 3rd 1 we'll take five seconds from this. All right, So let's play that and I'll show you. This is how I basically did it throughout the entire video. I just kept taking the eclipse and stacking them and stacking them and stacking them. And then they just rotated through the entire video. So click play. So there's that one. That clip might not be running smoothly right now, because I have a lot of things going on my computer, but when you render it, it's actually gonna be quite smooth. So don't worry about it. If it's not playing smoothly on your computer right now, and as you can see it transitioned here, it transitioned to the other clips. So they're already rotating onto the new ones. And when you do this and you have, like a bunch of clips, it looks pretty cool when they're just like rotating and rotating and changing throughout the entire video. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 55. How To Bring Out Emotion In Your Videos: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to create an emotional effect in your videos using kempt Asia. All right, so there are many ways to create an emotional effect in your videos, and I'm going to share one of them methods that I use in our dream driven episodes. And it's really important for me at least to create an emotional feeling in the video when someone is watching our dream driven episodes. Because when you make someone feel something, whether be excited, sad, they enjoy the video more makes it more exciting and enjoyable. So what I try to do in our videos is I tried to create an emotional effect of inspiration being driven motivation, that type of a feeling in in our episodes that we call these dream driven episodes. And I'm going to share with you of the beginning part of one of these episodes, and they usually come out on Fridays and they're usually adventures like outdoor adventures that we do. And I'm going to show the beginning part, and I'm going to show you what I mean when I'm talking about creating an emotional effect in your videos, and I'm gonna show you how to do it after solid display here. Way. All right, so that is sort of like the 1st 25 seconds of the video. So, as you can see, if you've got that, you know, playing in your headphones I've got an emotional song. I've got an inspirational quote that it creates emotion. And that's what I want the viewers to feel when they're watching these dream driven episodes. So what I do to create an emotional effect is a couple of things. First thing is the song the song is very important. It will set the whole tone and mood of the entire video to what I've added is an inspirational quote. So the quote here is Onley in the darkness. Can you see the stars? And that is a quote by Martin Luther King. And the reason why I chose this specific quote for this video is because in the video, the adventure that we're doing is we're going into this cave adventure work. We're actually doing this cave repelling experience where we went like I don't know how many stories down into the ground, These air caves that are thousands of years old and we basically went exploring in this cave for like, six hours. And it was a crazy experience, definitely tests your fears and really what you're comfortable with actually what you're not comfortable with heights, darkness, that whole thing. And so that's why I chose this specific quote to go with this video, cause it It all goes with the theme of everything Right, cause we were in pitch black for six hours and it's, you know, when you're in the darkness, you can only see the stars when it's dark and, you know, starts are very beautiful, and it's kind of like this experience that we had in the darkness who was like scary and dark. But there was also like this sense of accomplishment and gross that happened during the adventure, so I'm going to show you how to do this type of thing. So as I mentioned, the first thing is the song and this song I got for free on YouTube Channel called No Copyright Sounds, and it's where we get most of our songs. It's really cool channel because they offer free no copyright free music. And it's high quality music like some of the songs have been playing on the radio and you can actually hear them, like out in the public, because they're that good. Like they're they're professional quality audio before a lot of places that offer free music, they they're not professional quality. And this, like you could you could think that he could play this on the radio. So that's the first thing is grab ah, high quality song that matches with your video footage. So I wanted this song you can kind of hear It has more of a lower tone and emotional tone because I wanted it to go with the darkness theme of when we're going in the caves doing the adventure. Next here I put the quote, and I told you I got the quote. So how I find quotes is I basically just go to Google, and I type in the theme and what I'm looking for. So we were gonna be it. We're in the dark for six hours, so I typed in darkness, quotes into Google, and I just go around and I read a bunch of them. I usually find one on the first page and I know instantly which quote is gonna go for the video. I just feel it when I saw this one Onley in the darkness. Can you see the stars immediately? I knew that was a quote for this video. It matched perfectly with the theme. Next is, um this video footage here of the stars. So I got this free stock video after I found the quote because, um, the quote needs to match the background as well. So I found the quote and then Okay is talking about darkness and stars. So I went to YouTube, and I typed in free copyright free space stock footage, free stars, stock footage, and I found a couple of clips that I could use for free, copyright free, um, in my videos. And there's lots of stuff on YouTube that you can choose from. So those are the main elements. Now, after having all these pieces, the song, the free stock footage of the stars on the quote, we need to match them up all together to create the emotional effect. So I'm gonna play it again so that I can explain it after so plate here Way. All right, so let's dissect this year. So the first line I've got the audio track one is usually where I put my audio track. That's all the way at the bottom. I'm not going to be touching that very much. So I just leave it all the way at the bottom and then I build from up there. So next I wanted the free stock footage background to come on the first beat. Now I'm gonna show you how I'm able to. To match things is because I actually see the audio. You also need to hear it. But you also need to see it on the timeline. Now it's it's more difficult. Before I used to edit videos in the GoPro editor and in other editors, you can't actually see the audio, and it makes it so much harder, because then you just have to rely on your ear. But here you can rely on your ears and you can see the audio. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna actually stretch the timeline out so that we can see it more clearly, and I'll just magnify it a bit so that you can see the audio more prominently. So as you can see, I've got the first line here, which is the audio. Then in the second line, I've got the background and you'll see here that I've matched up the first beat to the background. I wanted that to pop up first because if you listen to the song, it's got the piano and I'm not technically musical or anything like that. I'm actually bad at singing and dancing, but I like music and I'm no, I don't know how to create music. So it's This isn't difficult to dio. So you heard in that part of the song. There's part of the piano that's going like Boom, boom, boom, boom. So that's another reason why I chose this part of the song for the beginning, because it was easy to add text to and to add the beat, too, because it's very obvious that there's like a beat happening. So first thing I did was have the background pop up on the first beat and then you see here on the second beat, I have the first part of the text and you'll notice that this line is not bold ID, but the second line is and I did that on purpose, so only in the darkness pops up. Then on the third beat here, can you see the stars? So that is more bold ID. Because that is the The message that I wanted to get across was that, you know, the stars are still there in the darkness because a lot of people talk about darkness, you know, being like trapped or sadness. And when you're in darkness, you're usually in bad times. But in this case, in the darkness is when you see the stars and the stars air really beautiful and amazing. So that is the third thing that's happening in the beat. The fourth here is who the quote is by and that I put in italics in a smaller fond And I put that that was by Martin Luther King Jr just so that people know who the quotas. By then, um, the the song The beat of the song was still going with that boom, boom boom. So I decided to still play off of that and continue on. So in the next beat, the first line gets removed. So we're kind of like going backwards. And then in the 2nd 1 the second line gets removed and then, as you can guess, the third line. And then this one actually had a two beats going on. So goes boom, boom. So I had that removed, and then the next one here, the background gets removed completely. And then sometimes when you leave a space of darkness that actually is helpful in creating emotional effect. So I'll just scroll up here. There's a little bit of darkness for a couple of seconds, and then when the beat hits back again, this is all going to the beat. I put the full quote back up just for a split second, and then again, when the beat hits again, then this starts. The intro starts playing, and then that just runs through normally. And then when the beat hits again, it goes Episode 24 then it goes into the normal episode and the regular footage. So the beginning of the video is important because it sets the tone for the whole thing. It's going to set the mood. It's going to get people's attention, or it's not going to get people's attention. So that's why the longest part of when I'm editing these dream driven episodes is the beginning part of the video because it's going to set the tone of the entire video. So after I've just explained that I'm gonna play it one more time for you guys. All right, so I hope that makes sense to you guys after I've dissected the video here of what I was doing. Main things to take out of this are you got to choose a good song and you know what? It took me like over an hour to find the song, and it really makes a difference. Don't just choose whatever song. I mean, if you're trying to get a video out to get a message, to have a powerful message, the emotional spend time find a good song. Like I said, I found this song on no copyright sounds, and it's usually where we find most of armies to is the visuals and the background. So in this case, I decided to use a quote, text and a free copyright free stock footage, background of the quote I found on Google and the free stock footage I found on YouTube for free and then you know it really depends on your song and how the beat is going. But zoom in to the audio here, pay attention to you know, the sounds, the beats. And when you place things strategically, it really adds an effect where people feel emotion when they watch your video. Are you guys Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 56. How To Make Video for Instagram: so to make Instagram videos, they need to be certain specifications. So first of all, I'm gonna import some media and all just import, like around him summer video. They did when he went to, like, a splash park here in a Vancouver. And you want to import your video? And after you do that, you want to change the dimensions of the video because it might be a different size. It's probably not going to be exactly the dimensions for Instagram. So you want to head over to file and go down to project settings. And then right here it's on 10 89 20 by 10. 80. And that's like the the wide right. But we all know that instagram is square. So you want to change this to custom, and then you want to make sure that this is this little lock here is unlocked because you don't want the dimensions to be locked just in case. And then we're gonna make this 600 by 600 click apply. And that's thesaurus like square that Instagram is known for. So I'm just gonna drag this video down to the timeline here and you want to make sure that your video is less than one minute long. So one minute or less, that is the longest time frame that you can have for Instagram videos. And as you can see as I pasted it here, it really depends on the artistic feel that you're going for. But if you don't like these little black stripes here at the bottom and at the top, then you can enlarge your video to fit the frame. And, yeah, things will get cut out, but that's where you can adjust it accordingly. So I'm going to just make this fit the frame here, maybe just move it over a little, and then I'm gonna click play. All right, All right. So that was this. A fun video in the summer time. You want to make sure that you get whatever you want within that box, so I adjusted it accordingly. You can see here off to the side that this part gets cut off on that part gets cough. But I'm OK with that again. If you don't want it to be the perfect square, then you can just make it smaller so that you could fit it as a whole But in this case, I want to be the exact dimensions for Instagram. And again, you want to make sure that your video is one minute or less. If it's over a minute, it's not gonna work. And then you'll have to, like, redo the video. So from here, you can just go to share and click local file, render your video, and then you have that file. But now you know how you're gonna get that on to Instagram when it's on your computer and you can only do instagram from your phone. So this is what I dio after you've rendered and finalized your video. You want to take that video and then email it to yourself, whatever email that you have connected to your phone. So whether it be Gmail, yahoo, whatever email you have, and then once you email it to yourself, it's going to be on your phone email. So then you can go and open that email, download that video file on your phone, and then once you have it downloaded on your phone in the gallery, then you can go and upload it onto Instagram. You can also plug in your phone into the connection into your laptop into the like charging the USB ports. But I find that's a little bit confusing for people because they don't know which folders to go into and put it in. So that's why I tell people to just email the file to yourself and then go into your email and download it. Alright, guys. Well, that is it for this video. That is how you make a video for Instagram in Camp Tasia. Alright, guys, Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 57. Pop Up Effect As A Unique Transition Youtube Video Example: All right. So I got this cool idea and it integrates YouTube and video at the same time. So let me show you what I mean. Here. So right now I'm on a YouTube channel and I'm going to take a screenshot of this page. You might be thinking what? Screenshot Let me show you what I mean. You'll understand in the next couple of clips here. So I'm gonna take a screenshot. And I've got Jing up here to take the screenshot and I'll just take it from Let's see here If you don't have Jing, it's a really cool screenshot tool that makes it easier to take Screenshots. So I'm gonna capture that and I'll just take I'll just name it YouTube screen shot, and then I'm gonna click. Save is going to save it on my desktop. And now I will meet you guys in Count Asia. Okay, so now I'm going to import that screen shot that I took of my YouTube channel here, and I'm gonna place it on the screen just like this, and I'll stretch it out a bit, okay? And then let's make it a bit longer. Just stretch it out of it, okay, And then I've got a test video here, and this is more of like a stylistic thing. Like if you've got a YOUTUBE channel, you can do this with any kind of screenshot. It's gonna look really cool. So I've got this video here that I was just playing around with, and I'm going to delete the screen, and I only have the video here, and I'll just, uh, mute Just mute the audio for a second. I didn't mean to speed up that, so just mute the audio and then what I'm gonna do is I'm going to place this video here where the YouTube video would normally go, and it might not fitfully, but that's OK. We can play around with the sizing here. So what I'm gonna do is I'm going to go to the crop tool, and I'm gonna crop this down just a little bit, and then I'm gonna crop up just a little bit, and then I'm going to put move this up here, and I'm gonna put a black a rectangle behind me. But on top of the screen shot so that it looks like it's a video format. Seoul just stretch the So again I want to match the dimensions of the video here and we go And then there we go. And then I'm just gonna stretch this out and let's click play. So as you can see, I've got a screenshot here off my YouTube channel. But it looks like the video is playing. And another cool thing that you can do here is you can have this pop out and be your actual video so you can have the says like a cool intro and then it pop out, sort of like zoom in and have it be your actual video show you what? I mean, here in a second. OK, so let's go back to the beginning, will play a little bit of that. Here's that looks like it's my YouTube channel. It looks like this is an actual video playing, but we're also gonna do a cool effect now. So let's say that's playing and you're doing, like, an intruder or something, and then this turns into the actual screen. So now what I'm gonna do is I'm going to highlight both of these things, not the YouTube screen here, and I'm gonna head over to animations, and I'm gonna head over to this animations tab so it's animations, animations and then I'm gonna click on custom. And then let's say we want to start off here. And then while still having both of them highlighted, I'm going to stretch both of them out so that they take up the entire screen. So you see the play around here, move this to the center, stretch this out here and that will stretch this out here so it covers the whole thing. And then let's pretend that's the middle. See here. Okay, so let's click play to test this out here. It's all about testing and trying things out. This is how I get most of my ideas is I'm just thinking of something, and then I go, Let's see how if we can figure this out. So as you can see, it just stretched out and it turned into the main focus of the video, so I'll go back and play it again here. So you're playing. You're in the YouTube video, you know, it's it looks like it's on the YouTube channel, and then all of a sudden the video pops out and becomes the actual screen. And you know you can do another thing and you can go backwards if you wanted Teoh. So what we can do is just rewind here a little bit and let's say we wanted it to go backwards. Well, you would highlight both of those things again. Put a custom animation down at the place where you want it. Let's see right here and then you would go and put it back in, please to where it waas before. So let's just searched this back down. Move it back in here. This one kind of moved out of place, but I'll move it back, Okay? It's kind of eyeballing it here. It's not exactly perfect, but you guys get it, so we'll start it from the beginning. Let's play. Okay, so I'm in the YouTube video. It's like I'm on my YouTube channel and then it's going to pop out full screen, right? And then it's going to go back into the YouTube channel. So that is like a cool effect that you guys conduce in your projects and in your videos. Alright, guys. So that is the cool effects that I want to share with you. guys on how to integrate video and a screenshot of your YouTube channel to make it look like you're coming out of the channel. And then you're going back into the channel. Are you guys will Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 58. How To Fade Two Videos Into One: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to do a cool transition by overlapping two videos so that they can see through into each other in Camp Tasia. All right, so I'm here in kempt Asia, and I'm gonna show you how to do a cool transition by overlapping your videos and not just having them side by side and putting the one of the transitions in. So we'll show you what I mean here. So I've got to media here, and let's just clip it. I just need two short clips just as testing purposes. So I would just clip that and then I'll move this to the side, and then I need some of this here, and I was just clip that. I only need two short clips. I'm gonna lower down the sound so that people bother us what we're editing, and then this one is actually a smaller clips are actually just gonna extend it. So it's the same size as the other one. Okay, so I've got two clips here now. Usually, when you do a transition from one video to another. You just put them beside each other like this, and then you head over to transitions. And let's say Faid through black is usually What I always do is a transition. And then let me just play it When you play it, it's going to do the transition. It's literally going to go from one clip to the other. But what if you wanted to do a cool effect where they are on top and then they're going through each other? So let me show you what I mean. I'm gonna delete that transition and let's say we wanted to do the transition, like halfway through when you move this to the middle of that, which is having the center here. So let's say we want this. The thing is, if you play this, it's just gonna play, play, play, and then when you have a clip on top of it, it's just going to switch over to that clip. It's not going to transition. So let me show you the method here. So you want to be using animations, head over to animations and then click over toe animations again. So when you're in animations, you want to head over to custom, and I want this clip to fade out into this clip. So I've got this animation here and I want to less in the opacity. Let's say just Teoh there. So let's play it right now and then it's going to get lighter and lighter and fade into the other clip. Now that was quite abrasive and aggressive, So we want this to have a fade in. So this clip you need to go back to animations at a custom animation on top Here, you can play, sees wherever you want. And sorry, I just remembered, I'm gonna delete this and go to this clip first, and you actually need to remove the opacity completely first and then add the animation. I forgot to do that. So I'm gonna add the animation, and then you can add it wherever so you could move this down if you want. And then at this point, I want to start coming back into full video on the next video. So let's play this year, so it's full. Okay, Now it's going to start to transition into the other clip now. It took a little bit long for it But you saw there just quick. Second there. You saw that it started going into the other video. What I could actually do is actually extend this. So I'm gonna extend this all the way to the beginning so that it looks mawr of the meshing that is happening. And then I'm gonna extend this as well, so you can kind of see already it's happening, were being mashed into each other, and then I'll start to play here, and then the meshing is going to happen a lot more smoothly, and you can do a lot of cool effects with this. You can do like a ghost effect or if, like, a replication effect, or like, sort of a dreamy effect in your projects by doing this effect. So that is how you do a cooler transition when you are layering like you could do this with more than two videos, you could do with a bunch of different videos and have something totally abstract happening . You know, it's really endless what you can do with this time of transition. So that is how you do a cool transition with videos overlapping each other rather than using the typical transitions. Which arm or sort of like clean cut going from one club to another? This is like it's got mashed and it kind of like bleeds into each other. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 59. How To Create Backwards Reverse Footage: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you how to do a backwards reverse footage in Camp Tasia. All right, so I'm going to start off by saying that this is a D i Y hack, meaning that it's not already a built in future in Camp Tasia. And you need to create the reverse footage and I'm gonna show you what I mean here. So I just did one right here. And this is footage of me. Ah, the shoes air really close to the camera. The heels are really close to the camera lens, and then it's just walking out, which is the normal footage. And then you're going to see when it gets to the end. When I get to the end, if I'm going to start walking backwards towards the camera that I'm going to show you how to do this so I'll just play it right here from walking out. And then I'm walking backwards. And that was the reverse of this footage. So that's normal. And then this is the reverse created in kempt Asia now looks pretty cool, and it is a d i Y method hack and I will say that this method takes a bit of time because you have to work for frame by frame and I'll show you what I mean in a second. So here on the timeline, I have the normal footage. This is the normal footage of me walking forwards, and it's a little bit choppy right now because I had to do this, which I'll explain in a second. And it's about four seconds long. And then this choppy craziness, that is the reverse footage. So when you want to do a reverse footage, first of all, you need to make sure that you've got some movement happening because if you don't have any movement than it's not gonna be really known that you went reverse. So this right here I'm walking forwards out, and then I'm walking backwards in. It's obvious that it was a reverse footage, so once you have your test clip here like this, you need to duplicate it. So to duplicate it, there's a couple of ways you just highlight it. Either Go control C Control V, and then another one pops up or you right click on it and you go copy and then you right click on the timeline and then you go paste. So those air the two ways to copy something. Now you need to versions of it because you're going to be chopping up the second version of it. So this is the first version, which is the normal forward version, and this is going to be chopped up into a bunch of little pieces. So in order to do this, you need to zoom in completely on your timeline. And the reason why you have to zoom in so close is because you're going to be working frame by frame and you need to transfer each frame and I'll show you what I mean. So this clip right here, So all you need to do is start from the beginning. And this is this is why it takes a long time because you need to chop each frame. So first you want to start the very end and what I do to get Teoh each frame. Because if you try and do it with the mouse, it's you might miss a frame and you need to get every frame by itself. Is you want to use the keyboard shortcuts And for me on my keyboard, it's the Kama and the period key. So when I press the period key, it moves it one frame forward. If I pressed the comma key, it's gonna move it one frame backwards. So you want to use thes along with the split tool, which I'm going to show you in a second to shop all this up. So you want to press the period key, then press s, which is going to split it, basically cutting it, and then you have to click to highlight it again. And then you want a press, the period key press s to split it and then click on it again, pressed the period press s to split it. And you want to do this until you get the whole entire thing. I already did that and it took a while. So be prepared to spend some time doing this kind of method. It's really cool when you get it, but it does take some time. I'm just gonna go straight to the end and I'm gonna chop maybe, like, five pieces at the end to show you what happens once you've got everything. So I'm just gonna quickly chop five pieces here to three, four, five. Okay, so let's pretend like I did the whole thing. But I've got five pieces here. Once you do that, you will be placing each frame in reverse. So right now, this whole thing, when it's chopped up, it's gonna look like this, But it's still going to be forward. You now need to take each frame from the end and replace it to the beginning. So you're literally taking one frame, grabbing it and bringing it to the beginning. And in this case, I put it directly against this clip right here, which is the original clip. And you want to do that for the whole thing? So that's why if you have something that's long, then it's gonna take a bit. So you just want to take the end and place it, and that's what this whole thing is at the bottom. This whole thing is in reverse, and I basically realigned everything. So you you just want to take that and do that three. Oops. I want to make sure not to mess up the order there. They might get a little bit finicky. It's getting a little finicky cause these pieces air here down at the bottom. Now, this is going to really work your camp Tasia software. So you want to make sure that you know you've got a bunch of things closed while you're working on it cause you got it. It's it's using a lot of camp Tasia juice. Alright, So I've just done the 1st 5 and I would go and do it for this entire thing like I've done down here. Now I'm going to just delete this and leave it as is here, so this is now all in reverse. Now, the thing is, when you go and try and play it, it's not gonna play very well cause it's gonna be you've chopped it up into, like, a 1,000,000 pieces. So it's like not going to really show it to you properly. It's gonna be really glitchy, so you need to render it produced the video so that you can see the final version of it. So what I did is I did this whole thing and, you know, it was kind of playing it to see if it worked okay and It was really choppy. And I'm like, OK, I can't see this properly. Let me render it first. So I rendered it out. Then I got this file, this video file, which is produced and then I clicked play and then I saw that. Okay, it's all smooth and it's all good to go and it looks good. That is a little d I y hack that you guys can try out in your videos. It's really cool when you get it toe work. So this is a little work around that you can do in Camp Tasia until they actually build this feature out into a future version. I really hope that they do, because it would be so cool to just have it already built in so that it doesn't have to take this long. But until then, you can do this. D I Y hack method. Alright, guys, thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video 60. Our on the go mobile camera setup: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to be sharing with you our easy mobile set up. All right, so we have everything in this bag that we need to film in different locations. We've got a webcam. Ah, microphone and some lights. And this is how we do those tutorials that you see in, you know, different offices, coffee shops, basically anywhere We're on the go because, as you can see, it all fits in a tote bag, and we can pretty much take this anywhere. All right, so the first item out of that tote bag is this Webcam. This is the logic. Tech C 9 30 e HD Webcam. Now, this is a pretty standard webcam that a lot of YouTubers and different kinds of online entrepreneurs like, if you want to do Skype calls business meetings, you can definitely do that with this webcam. Now it's a USB webcam, so you can easily plug it into your laptop. Now, the only thing with this is it isn't HD webcam, but you need to make sure that you've got really good lighting. If you don't have good lighting than the quality of the picture isn't going to show up very well. So make sure that you've got good lighting. All right, so next this is the U. S. B five fine technology microphone. Now, I found this to be a great alternative to the blue Yeti microphone. We actually used to have a blue Yeti microphone, which retails for over $100 maybe like 1 20 or something like that. And this microphone, which is totally comparable, is about less than $30. So, like I said, this is also a USB. It's got a little mini tripod things so that it can sit on your table near you. When you are doing a tutorial, it's really easy to use. You just plug it in and you're ready to go and you connected to your Camp Tasia or whatever editing software you have, it's really easy to use. All you do is plug it into whatever recording software you have. We use Cam Tasia. You just plug this in and set it to the right microphone and you'll be able to use it. Next are these two I Kia lights. They actually might look like one, but the way that they're designed. They've got a really abstract need design. You can actually stack them on top of each other, and it looks like they're one, but it's actually too. So I've just wrapped to them together, and, as you can see there easily put away. They are also USB and regular plug, so you can actually take out the wall plug and also plug this into your laptop. The cool thing is with the top parts of these led lamps, as you can actually move them and arrange them however you like, so you can move them if it's too much in your face. If you want to angle it to left right back, you can move these really easily. They're also quite durable, so you don't have to be worried about breaking the bulb or anything. It's led, so it's just like a sliver of the light, but it's also very powerful. All right, so the last thing is this USB plug adapter hub thing. So not many people think about this, but because you have so many USB plugs going on, you've got the Web cam, you've got the microphone. You've got the two lights you're probably not going to have all those USB plug ins available. So if you have something like this, this actually plugs into your main USB plug on your laptop or computer, and then it actually has four more other slots available. So is actually the perfect number because we also have to. So this actually creates five. So just make sure if you have all the equipment that you have something like this, so that you can plug them all together. So that was everything listed in the bag. We've got the Web cam, we've got the microphone, We've got the two I Kia lights and we've got this small, tiny USB plug. So as you can see, everything is quite portable and mobile. We just put everything in that tote bag, and obviously we need our laptops to connect everything to. And that's basically all you need to film on the go to film tutorials to film laptop type videos, screen casts. You really don't need heavy, bulky equipment. Alright, guys. Well, that was it for this video. Thank you so much for watching. And I'll see in the next one 61. How to set up a green screen: Hey, guys, How's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to set up a green screen. All right, so this is our basic set up of a green screen. You got a bunch of pipes down here, and then you got this green cloth here. We also got a black and white cloth down there, so it came as a set of three, but we pretty much just used the green one. And we use the black and white one for sometimes when we do like photo shoots. But for the green screen effect, it's best to use the actual green sheet. So before we get started, I'm gonna put this down, and then we're going to start with this. Okay, so this comes in a carrying case, and the actual green screen that I'm gonna be talking about will be in the links area, so don't worry. You can find it all over there, but I'm going to just bend down over here, and we are going to undo this, and you want to make sure that you get one with clamps. These were going to be useful later. Wrong. So put those to the side and we're just gonna undo this, and it can be a little bit confusing at first, but I will guide you through, so you're gonna have to main units thes. They're kind of like the tripods. Put that there, and then you're gonna have these tubes. Now, you don't actually need to use all of them because it actually becomes quite long of a green screen if you make it so if you put them all together so you actually don't need to use all of them and you can actually have a shorter if you don't have that big space, I'm gonna put this off inside. So first thing you want to do is set up kind of these tripods things, and I was gonna put this off to the side, and you just want to undo them. They usually have knobs. You just go like that, twist the knob, and then for now, I'm going Teoh just elevate it to So not fully not the full height, just like that for now. And then I'm gonna put it off to the side like this, and I'm gonna do the other side as well. Same thing. Just gonna go on the other side and you want them to be relatively the same height, otherwise is gonna be lopsided, so make sure you pay attention to how high it goes on. Then I just did, like a little bit over here. Could be a little less Kate, and then I'll just put it here. Now you need to look at the tubes, These metal tubes, and they're labeled. There's like a bee. Uh, this was not labeled, but aides O A, b b and de. Okay, so we can actually only use one of the bees, so that it's not as long. So I'm gonna put one of them off to the side. I'm gonna start. Hey, So I got a here, and there's two sides to it. So there's a larger hole, and then a smaller one, you need the larger one to go on this side because it's got a bigger bolt here. And you want that to go here. You the smaller one, will not fit on this bolt. So I'm just gonna undo this. Careful. You don't lose it and then remove one of these pieces and then put one at the top and then screw it back on. Okay, now we've got something that looks like that. So now I'm gonna grab D. Now De also has the same big hole at the end to go over there, but then it's got, like, the metal another piece in it, and it's gonna connect to be I'll show you in a second, so we're going to remove this. Okay? Okay. Same thing to now. I can already see that I need to move the other one a little bit further, so I'm gonna pull it back here, but I'm gonna grab one of the bees. Letter B. So now I've got letter B, and now it's gonna be the middle piece. But if you had the other letter being, you can attach that 12 and it's going to be even longer. But as you can see, it's already pretty wide. But it all depends on what size you get. So for this part, you want to just match up these pieces and there's a whole over here, a swell. So you're just gonna go like this? And then you're gonna just be careful of your fingers you don't pinch yourself, and then you just clip in just like that. Now, you can see him a little bit further from that one. So I'm gonna move it again a little bit closer. I'm gonna move it a little bit closer so that it sort of matches up on. Then I'm gonna do the same thing on this side. It's a little bit harder when you get it on this side, and there you go. Okay. So now we've got sort of the the mainframe here. You can see that it's starting to come and play. This side is a little bit taller. Everything. That's okay. We're just doing it for a test. Okay, so now you want to grab your actual green screen, which is just, like, almost like a sheet here, Like a table cloth. Almost. All right. So if you're doing this by yourself, do you might need to go back and forth and rearrange, because it's going to be kind of annoying. Put putting this on. But if you have someone to help you, then it's gonna be a lot easier. So first I'm going to do is make sure you have the right length, and then you just want to drape some of it over on the other side, and then you want to clip it with your clipper. You just you're just doing a rough one for now just so that you can get it going. And then you just want to clip this down like that, and then you're going to go to the other side. Now it's kind of already slipping and you want to grab your other clip and then you want to go to the other side and you just want to do a little bit of a rough clip here. I'm kind of doing this outside. You're not supposed to be doing it out side cause. And it's a windy. So let me just fix this side a little bit more. Okay, so that's the basic gist of it. And then you can use either side to raise it if you want to make it taller so you would raise each side. But I'm just gonna leave it like this, and then obviously you would need to have, like, really good lighting all in the front area. You don't want any like shadows or anything. Otherwise, when you go to remove the green screen to replace it with something else with, like a picture or video if you if you don't have any shadows and it's gonna be a nice clean removal. But if you have shadows, then it's not gonna be a clean. And then you might have parts of the green screen still there, like the shadows and stuff. So make sure that you have, like, a lot of good lighting, like overdo the lighting for your green screen. But this is pretty much like the basic set up. I did kind of like a rough, you know, and obviously it's outside, so there's wind blowing. But when you do this indoors, you'll have a little bit more control. Oh, and then you won't do stuff like that. All right, guys. So that was it for this video. That is how you set up a green screen. Thank you guys. So much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 62. How to make your own intro: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to show you guys how to make an intro video in Kempt Asia. All right. So Camp Tasia actually gives you a bunch of free template id intros that you guys can customize yourself to your branding and use them in your videos, your tutorial videos, and if you do it yourself, it'll be free instead of potentially paying someone to create one for you. So first thing is you want to head over to the library, and I already have it open here. But basically, there's all these folders and then there's going to be an intros folder, and they have a pretty decent amount of template id intros that you guys could use for your videos. So if you want to see them, you just double click, and then you they don't have sound As far as I know, they don't. All them don't have sound, so you can see what it's going to look like. So I'll pause it here and you can see this one does this. It's got camped Asia. You can put your website and then you can put potentially your name there, and you can customize it however you'd like. So they have a whole bunch of different kinds. And let's just go through some of them here. Uh, that one. I don't like too much. That one doesn't really look as cool. This one, I think, is good. I've seen people using this one. That one's cool. That one looks really clean. Need modern? Let's do this one. Sounds kind of cool as well. Simple. Simple. See this one? This one's cool. This one is crazy. I like that one too. That was cool. This one is. Mm hm. That one's OK. Oh, and then it pops up there. Uh, this one's a little too long, in my opinion, and I'm not really feeling it. So let's move on to the next one. I like these ones. These ones are really cool. They're fun. And let's try these ones. These are simple. So they got a pretty decent amount, and you can just I've seen this one's cool. I've seen some people use this and OK, leads one more. Look at one more. That's fun. That's a fun one. Tick tack toe. Let's see the tick tack toe one. That one's cool if you have. Ah, square logo. That one on Lee has your logo. Okay, so let's play around and let's choose one of them. OK, so let's say this one. Let's say we want to use this one. First thing I want to do is drag it down, and then you want to alter the text, the text that they already have. So, as you can see here, this is how it's gonna look. So the text Smith. So let's just say I'm gonna put my name there. The next one is a website. I mean, these are just suggestions. You don't have to put your website, so I am dream driven dot com and then I'll put her channel name. Okay, so let's go and play that cool. Okay, so now I've just customized that, so you can even customize it even further and change some colors around. So I'm going to change the color of this to a purple because that's generally are color. And see here what we've got here, maybe change that to white. I'm just playing around. I'm just I'm seeing what this is gonna look like. So Let's let's play this and see what it looks like. Who? That's more of our colors, for sure. Um, but let's see Black. Let's see what the original was again. The original was like this. And then what does it look like at the end? Oh, okay, so it looks more plain because I chose black and there's like a glow happening and you can't really do that with the black color. So let's go. And do we try to do this year? Let's try and make that black. Leave that white and do that purple, See what this looks like? I like that better. I like that better because of the ending that with the purple, there's like a sort of like a spotlight Hayes thing happening. So I prefer that. So you see how easy it was to rebrand this whole thing and make it into your own colors. So now, because there's no sound, you should add some music to it so you can download some free music from YouTube or within the YouTube dashboard. And there's lots of channels that are offering really good free, copyright free music. You want to make sure that it's free and his copyright free because there's actually paid copyright free music. So I'm just gonna drag this song down and see what it sounds like from the beginning, so just play. Okay, so that was, you know, it sort of worked. And again, you know, you can play around with this stuff, so I will. I'm just gonna leave it like that. And what I'm actually gonna do is I'm gonna clip it. So I'm going to clip it here. I'm gonna delete the first part of the song because I'm going to do a fade out. I'm going to click on this, and then I'm going to go to audio effects, and then I'm gonna go fade out because I want I want to fade out for the intro and then I'm just gonna move this more forward. Okay, so I just moved that forward, and then let's play it again. Cool. And there you go. That is a decent looking intro. So you guys can play around and change things around with the templates that they have. You can if you if you are more advanced, you can open this up and you can actually see how they created the intro, and you can play around with it even more now. I wouldn't suggest doing that unless you really know Camped Asia, because because you can mess things up pretty easily. So I would suggest sticking over to this side where you can edit the text and the colors rather than, you know, actually altering the shapes and the timing of everything. It's best to just choose an intro animation that you like best and then alter it from the side. Because, like I said, this is more advanced. And if you tweak something and then you can't bring it back, you'll have to start over again. We'll just play this one more time for you guys, and I literally just created this one from scratch school. Pretty decent. 12th intro. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video. 63. How To Edit A Tutorial Video From Start To Finish: Hey, guys, how's it going? This jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how I actually edit our tutorial videos in Camp Tasia. All right, so I'm here in the dashboard right now, and I just filmed this tutorial. It was a screen cast where I had the webcam as it is now, and I was on the computer showing stuff about Amazon. Now, I just recorded this and I want to show you guys like an actual editing process. I'm not gonna cut too much out like I'll cut some stuff where I'm not saying anything, but in general, this video is going to be not live because it's not happening right now. But it is going to be, in a sense, like if you were to sit beside me, how it would edit my videos and all explain along the way and you can see, like how long it actually takes. Okay, so this video is 20 minutes long now, I'm not going to be going into huge detail as to exactly how I'm doing things. This is more to show. You might work flow into how I actually edit video. This is just as if you were sitting here and you were watching me. This is me editing. All right, so this is a 20 minute video, so it is a little bit longer, so I apologize if this tutorial is long, but it is a 20 minute video that I'm about to edit. So first thing here is I'm going to extend this. And what I like to do is chop off certain parts of the video. So I'm gonna chop this off shop, would weaken, leave that part, chop this off, move this to the center, and then this part it is going to be large because it's going to be the first screen and you'll see what I mean in a second. So you're going to see, like, my mistakes? It's stuff like that. So I'm gonna stretch this out even more so I can see it properly. And then here we go first thing, and then do is noise removal. I had that in there. And click split. Delete that. Amazon FBI, Canada. Okay. It's where you end it. Delete that. I think I made a mistake initially. Strategy? Yep. So I paused there. Alright, guys. So move on to the next Here and the reason why I'm showing you this is just so that you can see, like an actual riel workflow and see like how it actually is cause you see, like the polished, edited versions of me editing a video, but you don't see how it actually is. So I'm gonna show you guys. So I added in her intro, Now onto the meat Here is so I'm going to be showing you this cash back stacking strategy that is like a tongue twister in itself. And if you don't cash back is it's basically when you use a website and the website I'm gonna be talking about is ebates dot c A. It's when we use a website to go through their sight. And let's say you buy something on eBay or Groupon or into go. Okay, so I'm going to make this smaller, cause I'm going to be talking about this website now, and I paused there. I apologize if you can hear like a lot of the mouse. It's near the microphone right now. We're in to go pause. Okay, delete. There's a space than I start speaking again I try and get a video edited in less than if you 20 to 30 minutes site and it takes you into a group into eBay into Indigo. If you go through the debates website onto their website and purchase, you will get a cat a fac. Okay, Now I have it. So when I speak a certain way, I know that when I've ended that sentence and when I'm going to start the new one and I can see right away before I even hear it, I can see where I've made a mistake because you kind of see that this pattern speech pattern here and you can see like when it starts up again, back and to get cash back because debates have deals with all these websites and you know, they work out a deal, saying, You know, if we can bring traffic to your website through us, will you give us a cut and they give even It's a cut. And then Ebates shares that cut with you guys with us. The customers. Okay, that's done seeing there's a long pause here, So I want to get rid of that. Goes straight to here, and I'm just gonna split it. Highlight, delete. And that's all I'm really doing is just going through the line here, finding my mistakes. But we haven't used debates before. I highly recommend checking it out. I always recommend it to people. A lot of people, surprisingly don't really know about it. Or maybe they heard of it or seen it on TV. But they think it's like fake or something. So there's a pause there. Over here. Space delete. Start speaking again. But I have been using ebates dot com and dot c A for a couple of years now. When it does work, they do send you checks, and it's legit. Okay, in the next click that keep going. So if you guys are interested after Czech Meal this video you guys can head down to the description below. I will have a link for you guys for the debate sazi A. If you use Meiling, then you get $10 off your first purchase. Um and then I paused there. If you guys are interested in Okay. So I said the same thing again so that I need to go back if you use smiling. Okay, so I want to remove this part. I should gonna move the mouse over here because my arm was getting cramped there. OK, so delete that. Okay? I'm using the space bar a lot checking. You know, after the space bar and SK Leo, I will have a link to my debates. Okay, so I made another mistake. No split delete. Keep going. See A If you guys are interested in checking it out, I will have my ebates link down in the description below. If you smiling, you guys will get a $10 cash back on your first purchase. I believe over $25. Okay, continue. So this is me as I'm editing. That's what I look like. You buy something? That's my car. Dollars. You're going to get an automatic $10 cash back, plus whatever cash back there was on that site. Okay, wait. What was this thing here? So it's a win win for both of us. OK, That was, like, little small one liner. I said So do eat that with the most. Okay. As you can see, this video started off in 20 minutes, but now it's 19 minutes. So we've shaved off a minute you know often shave off quite a bit after editing, this is going to take a huge chunk out of it. Okay, So let me share with you this stacking strategy that I want to outline for you here. So I'm here on the ebates dot c A. There is also a dot com, but that's like for us websites. And I do use that one more often. Is that when I'm purchasing, like, from Expedia or amazon dot com or this several times Websites. Okay, the whole time of websites. So keep going. There's just gonna be a lot of this, and you can see what I mean. If you haven't really edited before, you'll see what you're in for. So normally, when you're on this website would go here, click on group on good wise, like from group on, and then you get your cash back, and then it's all good. But here is a method where you guys can stack the cash back percentages and get even more cash back. Meaning more profit for you guys when you're doing annals on it, be in Canada. Okay, So one thing that I'm noticed right now that I'm watching is the audio is like becoming off sync for some reason. And this is being happening lately with kempt Asia. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna highlight this, separate the audio from video in large this and slightly move it just a little bit. And it should do the trick to fix it. So I'm gonna slightly move this forward. I don't see what that does. So normally, when you're almost website would go here. Click. Go on, Go. Weiss's like from Groupon. That's better than you. Get your cash back and then it's all good. But here is a method where you guys can stack the cash back percentages and get even more cash back. Meaning more profit for you guys when you're doing Amazon idea Canada. Okay, so now I need to highlight all three. Now I have three because I split it. That's okay. So let's see this here. So when you sign up, you want a toe so it won't lead that part? Thes three pieces. Sometimes that happens here when the audio gets off single head over to the gift card shop . Now even thought see a hasn't been around as long as ebates dot com So they have a certain amount of stores here in the gift card section. What do I say after that? And they're always at Okay, So if I don't know what to say, I just do like a long pause and then continue talking. And then I just delete the dead air, and it's like I was talking normally. That's a trick. If you're recording, you don't need to start over again. Just pause and just continue her section. And they're always adding to this catalogue. So I would definitely watch out for this because I have noticed over the past months that more and more stores are being added to this. Okay, continue. So here's where the stacking happens. So here's where the stacking happens now. Like I said, normally you would just go into this website, click on the story that you want a shop from, And then there you go. You get the one time, uh, cash back percentage from that website. Okay, um, here is the gift card section, and they have a whole list of stores that you guys can get gift cards for. Now, you'll notice that they have percentages. If you buy gift cards through ebates topsy A. You will get a calf back percentage. Then what I'm saying is you got one cash back already. Then you take that gift card. You go on to ebates again, click on the store that you want, and I'll show you an example. And then you use that gift card through ebates to purchase what, like the products that you want friends on FB A. Then you get another set of cash back then. If the credit card that you're using has cash back, then you're also going to get cash back from that. So there's three times potential cash back. Okay, so keep going there. And this middle part like this, you know, from the meat of the video is just pretty repetitive. You're just going through and removing your mistakes. An example here. So I am shopping all the stores. I only shop at some of them and I'll just go through right now and mention what once that I use I shop came the entire You guys have seen me. Do you live on there? I shop at chapters for leisure. Like when I buy books and stuff, I go to cineplex. I watch movies all the time. Eso gases where I get gas all the time And, Oh, by the way, they have, ah, rewards thing with the whole superstore lob laws. It's really easy to rack up the points on that and get cash back. Soul, explain that one in a moment. Okay, so there's not really much Teoh say I'm just going through the whole video here called the PC optimum. And it's for, like, superstore. Okay, so now we see the videos like we've shaved off two minutes now, and it's for, like, superstore long laws. I can't remember whether stores but those kinds of grocery stores and s It was a part of that as well. Okay, Loblaw slicking mentioned E Tate knoxy. Okay, let's see here. Where else do any show. Okay, so I have this part as well. If you know they're short cuts on the keyboard, it makes it a lot faster. So you don't have to click this split tool the time or press stop or anything. You can just use your keyboard. Makes it faster. Blust looking mentioned. I eat at Mach sees I eat it milestones. So like even like it doesn't have to be cash back. But if you know that you're going to these places, you might as well get cash back on them. Like be Esso Gas. I always get gas for their like all the time I always fill up there. So why? So I pull up there, Okay, you'll notice that I'll just fix it and I'll move on. It won't play the whole thing from the beginning because you'll waste time if you do that, use that gift card. That s o with my credit card that gets cash back, plus the PC optimum points that gets you points. You want to go back and play it all the time. Otherwise you're gonna lose time. And if you're producing videos, as many as we do need to be quite efficient when you edit, and then you're just winning all around. Now this is this video is like a longer one than usual, cause it's like 20 minutes. But usually my videos are 10 minute recordings, so it would be much faster. Typically, sometimes I get gas at Petro some, uh, sometimes I go to superstore mainly ago. Lob laws sometimes ago safe way, and then they don't have Walmart, which would be really cool sport tech fish. I shop. It's more check shoppers. Drug Mart. I get a keg, so you can see they have They have a decent amount of stores, but they don't have, like, a WalMart yet, and I'm sure that they'll make a deal with them soon. So let me go through an actual example here. Yeah. Okay. So let's say, sport, check here. Let's say sport check. So I'm going to click on sport check So you can see here that they've got physical gift cards. Sometimes they have online and physical or they'll just have online orders. Physical. So this is a physical card that, um I believe that either they're going to mail it to you. They're gonna mail it to you, I guess. Yeah, it says right here, and I'll mail it to you. And they have them in denominations of $50.100 dollars and you get 1% cash back. So when I edit these tutorials, I typically sit and have them completed, so I don't like, take a break or anything. I will sit and edit it to the at and nothing. Well, things add up here when you start stacking up the cash back, and if you're already going to be spending that amount, you might as well get the cash back. So now we take that like let's pretend we just bought a gift card for $100 or something, cause we know that we're gonna get stuff and I have gotten stuff on sport check before and send it into EMS on FB like mainly sporting goods. So let's pretend we've got that gift card. Now. We are back at ebates dot c A. And remember I said that you need to go through this site to get the regular type of cash back. That isn't gift card. It's like just normally shopping online. So I'm just gonna type in for check. And they have it says here, a 3% cash back. So it's a view but back of you by that gift card that's 1% cash back and that if you go through this site right now and you add those together and now it's 4% cash back, so now we're bringing it down to 17 minutes who have shaved off three today were on the sport check website, and this is what I would normally do if I was doing online arbitrage retail overcharges. When you go into a store and you do the actual scanning with your phone online overcharge is when you don't go anywhere, you sit online on your computer and you shop online. Okay, so let's say I was doing some online arbitrage right now. I would go to like the deals and features, go to the clearance and just check out if there's anything on clearance that, you know I can get for cheap. And it's selling for higher on Amazon. FB Canada. So I'm gonna head over to gear. So, as you can see when you get into the rhythm of things, uh, you can move along quite well and just this I know. Like when you click shop now and you're logged in, it tracks your purchase. So when you purchase from the sport check site, you'll get the cash back, like when you buy the gift card, you'll get the cash back. It will be put into your account, and then you can either get paid through PayPal or by check. I personally choose check because I like receiving a physical piece of paper instead of it just going directly into my PayPal. That's cool, too, but I'm kind of old school. I grew up in the era of both physical and digital, and they do admire, like, getting an actual check. Okay, So as you can see in real life, I don't really talk too much. Well of editing, just kind of just sit here in silence. Link. You're all in the sport Check website. We're looking around. Let's see here. Um OK, so they've got these elbow pads, so I pull out my phone, right, and I'd open the app, the Amazon seller APP, and I go to add product because that's where you can type in the name of a product. You typically won't have the skew number, the barcode number online most of the time. So you're gonna have to type in the name of the product. So I'm here right now in the ad a product that's for some reason where they put how to search on Amazon. It's weird, it was confusing. So just go to add a product and you'll be able to type into the search. I'll type in something like Bauer elbow pants and I'm just going to see, like, Do they have this kind of elbow pad? How much are Bauer elbow pads going for? Let's see here. There's all different ranges of prices going on right now. Um, let me just type in elbow pads. Hockey. Believe this is for hockey. Now, I don't know too much about these kinds of products, so I would need to do a little bit more research, But I'm just searching through, and this is exactly like how I would go through something. So I'm looking through the elbow pads and I'm seeing a range of prices I'm seeing, like summer 45. Some are higher, like 90 somewhere 80. So I'm gonna click on the one that's 45. That seems like a decent price for some elbow pads for hockey, and I'm going to click on it. First of all, I'm going to check here. Uh, can I sell this product? So it says check mark for me, telling eligibility you can sell this product. Okay, Now, let's click on the top line. Uh, which shows you what your profit would be So I'm gonna make sure that I'm on the Amazon fulfilled tab. A lot of people go into the seller fulfilled, and then the prophet is higher. But that's because you have to ship it to the customer. So make sure it's Amazon. Fulfill then in the cost of purchase, I'm gonna type in 19 in it to see, like, what could my profit be? So on this pair right here in the clearance, it's an $11.84 profit, no, also taken to account the 4% cash back that you're going to get. And if you have a cash back credit card that you're going to get cash back from that purchase two. So this 11 84 profit is actually going to be higher than that. It's going to be a couple dollars more, which is always good for you. And if you're doing this on a larger scale than all the cash back really adds up. And a lot of people dismissed this because they're like, Oh, it's only just a couple percent whatever. If you are going to make the purchase already, if you're going to use that website already, you should use cash back because it all adds up. So it was a long run where I didn't make a mistake. That's pretty good. When you don't make a mistake, you just let it play for a bit. That was a long one. Usually it's like every couple moments I need to pause or think on my other. Uh, I mean, so I made a mistake there. Okay, on my other ebates dot com account, which is where I usually do cash back from our from the U. S. Websites. I've almost gotten, like, almost $1000 us in cash back. And all those were little percentages that would add up, you know, 1%. 2% 3% sometimes four or 5%. If I had dismissed that, then you know, I would never would have gotten the 1000 ITT's over time. You don't get that in one lump sum, but you can really see how things add up, especially if you're making online purchases all the time like I do. I don't only make online purchases for memes on FB A. I make them for personal and a lot of my family. Like my sister and my parents, they always want me to do online purchases for them. Like for travelling hotels, planes, airline tickets, products like this. The other day I bought my mom. She wanted me to purchase some salon shampoo. Who and then I would use my ebates cash. Max. What? Everything adds up. We're nearing the end. So you can see it went We're approaching 16 minutes, which means I shaved off four minutes from the original 20. So that is an example so that that's me saying the same thing over again. That is an example of how I do the cash back stacking Method four Amazon, FBI, Canada and the again. If you use my ebates, not see a link, which is down in the description below, you guys will get an automatic $10 cash back, plus the cash back that you are purchasing from from a different site. Let's say you're on Groupon, or maybe you're buying something from sport. Check. You would get the $10 plus the 3% cash back on your purchase over $25 so you guys can get you guys are doing online arbitrage. I highly recommend so you guys can get that with you guys team made a mistake again. Description below. Hello? If you guys are doing online arbitrage, I highly recommend using both of these sites. It's a great way to increase your profits. Okay, We're sort of nearing the end here. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much. Alright guys. So if you have alright guys. So if you taken See, I made a bunch of mistakes there. You don't see it in the final product, but there are a lot of mistakes. Alright, guys. So if you found this video helpful, please let me know by giving this video alike a comment or subscribe, all that would be very much appreciated. All right as well. Thank you so much for watching. We'll see the next video. Okay, so we're nearing the end here. That was the end. We started off at 20 minutes. Now it's at 15. 40. So's almost five minutes. Um, now I have my outro already in the library. Gonna add it in volume tends to be loud on the outro, so I'm gonna lower it. It loads it like this, so I'm gonna extend this, put it to the side because thesis cried card and the other video card pop up on that side head over all the way back to the beginning. And then I'm gonna lower this. And then I usually put like a shape behind that. So I'm gonna grow this. Put this here at the bottom. Extend that, and I'll extend this. Extend this, uh, that that And then there you go, and then add a transition. Okay, so now I'm done. Now I can go to share local file and render it up if you don't know how to render the video . I also have a tutorial for that too. So that is my process on editing. Let's see how long that took. So it took me. That was a 20 minute video, and I did a bunch of talking in between and in the beginning, and now I'm doing some talking now. So it took me roughly around 1/2 a Knauer to edit a 20 minute video. And in my opinion, that is pretty fast, because in the beginning, when you try to do this, it will probably take you over an hour. So when you get some practice, you guys can get into quite a workflow and just move fast. And you know, when we upload this money videos per week, you definitely have to be efficient and move fast. So that was my workflow for editing a standard tutorial video. Now, if I'm not doing a tutorial video and it's something more complex like a Reach music videos , it's not gonna take half on hour. It can take me up to eight hours or more than a day or two days. Even so, this is just for standard tutorial type videos. You can really get it down. Like I said, 20 minute video edited it basically within 30 minutes. Alright, guys, I hope you enjoyed that. That was a little bit of a different temptation video for you. It's like as if you were sitting here watching me edit my videos. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 64. How To Make A Lyric Video: Hey, guys. Has a going It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be showing you guys how to do a lyric video in Camp Tasia. All right, so I'm gonna show you guys how you can do your very own lyric type video. If you sing covers or anything like that, you make your own music. I'm going to show you how you could do a lyric video, and it doesn't even have to be like your singer anything. If you just want your own lyric video, this is how you can do it. So for this example, I'm going to be using an instagram clip that I made for REIT and she was singing a cover of Carrie Underwood Song Champion. So I'm gonna play a little bit for you, and then I'm going to show you guys the the section of the video that I'm going to create the lyric video for. So this is the short clip that was put on instagram on the home men want. So it's this part right here. Okay. All right. So that whole course part there where she's singing, I am the champion and stuff that's the part that we are going to do the lyric video on now before you even get started. You want to make sure that you have the lyrics on hand to do this, because if you were just going to do this by year just by listening, it's going to be difficult. It's going to take a lot longer if you have the text already in front of you on a note pad . If you have it on your phone written out or if you have it like on a document on your computer, that's actually going to make it easier for you. Okay, so this is the example Video. I am actually going to extract the audio from this because I I don't want the video because we're making a lyric video. So it's just gonna be the lyrics, and I just want the audio. So I'm gonna highlight this right click, and then I'm gonna go separate audio from video and this is the video and this is the audio , and you know it's the audio because it's got the green and it's got all these little little graph marks here. That means that's audio, so I'm just gonna move this part to the side because I don't need that. And then I'm just gonna clip the part that I need that I'm going to be doing the lyrics on . So let me just see where it started. Okay? Okay, so it starts from here when we just stretch this out. Okay, so it started there. Clip that, delete that and then see here. Okay, so it ends right there. So I'm gonna split that one, click the s key, and then I'm gonna click, delete, and then I'm just gonna move this over to the front, and now it's just okay. That's what I want there. So it's up to you how you want to break it up If you want to do it word by word or sentence by sentence. Or have ah, couple of words together. It really depends on how you know how the artist is singing it. So let's just play this again. Me. So I think I'll go. I am. And then invincible. Unbreakable. So let's pull up the text here in annotations, and I want the text to be this right here. Now, I'm not gonna worry about styling or animating yet I just want the text on the screen and then we'll worry about how was going to look the type of font, that type of thing. So I just want the text here first, So I m and then I'm going to stretch this out a little bit more so that we can really break down where the words start and were the end. This is the part. Word starts to get quite meticulous. It does take a long time to do a lyric video, because if you are literally doing it word by word, it's gonna take a while. So just be aware that it could be a really cool video, But it's gonna take a long time to edit. So I'm gonna I'm gonna be doing a lot of replaying and replaying, So bear with me here. Okay, So it ended off around here, so I'm doing a lot of stopping and playing. And what I do is I drag the cursor here, and then I press the space bar. And then when I wanted to stop by, press the space bar again, I'm doing this so that I can quickly see Okay, it starts here. It ends here. So that word invincible starts over here. So I want to cut this. I am off because it's now starting on the next word, which is invincible. So let's see here. Me. So it starts around here. Might even be a little bit further. Okay, so it might be going back to here even. And this is a lot of repetitive nous. And that's why I say you want to get the words down first and then do the styling after. See here. Okay. Okay. So now we're gonna move on to the next word, so I'm just going to click on this click copy and paste. The I am is going to come up here, so I'm just gonna go invincible. Okay? Play. Okay. So I think it started over here around here, and you want to just get a rough idea of where everything is, Then it waas unbreakable. Okay. And then unstoppable and then unshakable. Okay, so I'm going to just do it for here and let me just quickly play to see if we have it in the right area. So it's really cool. We got it all aligned properly. So now let's let's pretend like we did. The whole thing, obviously, is gonna take a long time. So I'm just gonna do it for this part. And obviously, you would just continue on until you finish the whole song. So now I'm going to highlight everything, and I'm gonna do more styling now. So now I want fund. So I'm gonna highlight everything, and then I'm gonna head over to the side and choose some fonts here that I think would do Well, I want to fund that really big and huge because this song is very bold and loud. So I want something that matches that. Hey, restriction. I'm gonna make everything quite a lot bigger in size. See here. Okay. Okay. So now let's play with this is just like a little test video here. So let me just play with the 1st 1 Now you want to add animations and behaviors, so I'm gonna add some behaviors because these air already pre done by camped Asia So they already have animation to them. So let's see. We would want here. If you hover over them, you can kind of see what they do. So I want something. Let's see here some. Maybe something like that. The fly in. I think I like the flying so far for this part. Let's try that. So I'm going to go fly in. And those play that who that was cool, actually really like that one Flying in it was pretty, pretty bold and exciting. So let's see what it looks like if I add it to all of the text cause I actually really liked that. Okay, so that was a little bit fast for the rest of them. So let's see if I can slow that down a bit. Let me slow down the speed. It was at 90% So let me see 80%. And there's a lot of playing around and tweaking around here and just seeing what works with the song. Cool. Okay, so that looked cool. But let's say, you know, we didn't want all of them to look like that. We wanted different animations. You can do that as well, So let's do different animations for the rest of the the three words here. Let me just get rid of all these behaviors and I want to change them. So this one is going to be explode. So let's see what this one looks like. Oh, sorry. Just remove that. We just want this one to be explode. Okay, so let's play this year. All right? That looks cool. Let's do another one. Now, let's do this drifting one for unstoppable. I'm just showing you guys different types of behaviors on the lyrics that you can add. I'm just showing you guys different behaviors that you can add to the text. Personally, I wouldn't have each one going all different for this song. But I'm just showing you like an example. So let's play this one. Okay? That one's fine. And let's do the last one here. Yes. Let's try the jump and full. That was cool. Okay, so let's play all these together, Okay? So that looks pretty cool. Now, you could even do something like this where you have everything on the screen. So let me move this one too. The top. Here, let me make this little bit smaller, and then I'm going to just move every single person, uh, by one. So there, one on top of the other, and you'll see what I mean here. And I'm just freestyling right now. This is what I do all the time In order to create these types of videos is he's gotta play around with things and find out what works. So I'm just trying to do a stylistic thing here. Let's see if I extend this what it looks like and I'm just gonna make it a little bit smaller. Put it right there. Let's see. Invincible. I was going right there. Let's make that a little bit smaller, something like that, and then extend it. And then let's see here, Unbreakable, that over there This might turn out to be really bad, like really crazy. But I'm just trying something out so we'll see how it looks. And I look bad. Might look good, but in any case, you know, you got to just play around with things to see how they work. So I'm gonna just make that smaller. Put that down there, move this one just down there. So let's see how this ends up looking at my look too crazy. But let's see, How about unshakable? I forgot about the unshakable one. So let's see here. Maybe all those end before that one starts, so let's see here there's many different things that you could do. So let's try this. So there's many different variations that you can do. Obviously, I would still need to tweak this and arrange the words properly, but you guys can get the gist of it and the idea of it. Remember, keep in mind that doing lyric videos will take a while, and it's best tohave the lyrics out in front of you. I have them here on the phone so that I could see the words coming up, because if you just try and listen to it and then type it out, you're likely to make more errors, and it's just gonna take a longer time. It's better if you can see the lyrics. And, you know, from here there's so much more that you can do. You can change the color of the text change. All of the different kinds of fonts have different animations. You can. You can even change these animations. If you don't want to use behaviors, you can do all different kinds of things. This video was to give you a basic idea of how to get started on creating a lyric video in Camp Tasia. Our guys thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 65. How I Edit a Music Video: Hey, guys. Has a going It's Jewell Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna show you how I edit music videos for REITs Music Channel in Camp Tasia. OK, so I'm going to be editing a cover video that a REIT did for the song Believer. Now, this is a basic cover music video, and I'm gonna be doing more videos of this where I just show you like behind the scenes of how we were able to edit and do the music video. So first thing I'm gonna do is import the media, So I'm going to grab the footage. Here it is. And we have these clips I think will only be needing to use, like, two or three of the clips. So for this particular type of cover, music video was a very easy one. Basically, I had the DSLR camera on a stabilizer, so I had the camera on a stabilizer and I'm walking backwards while a REIT is singing to the camera. And because I have it on a stabilizer, it's the footage is going to be pretty smooth. It won't be like shaky like it won't. You won't see like my thumping steps and stuff. And we did it. Sort of like in a underground parking garage to give it sort of like a grunge feel to it. Okay, So first thing is, you want to be going through your footage. So right off the bat when I hover over, I can tell which one is the clip that we need because we filmed this in one go. The point of this kind of cover video is that we film it in one shot, and then I'm going to be adding, like, other features on the actual video. So this is an easy one that you guys conduce you if you want to be pumping out some cover videos. Okay, so first thing I'm gonna do is drag this down. I'm just going to check to see that this is the actual video, and I'm gonna be showing you like my work flow. Another thing that I forgot to get is the actual song that you need to put to the video. Okay, So have imported the song and we have the song playing in the Park aid. So I'm just going to press play here. Okay, so I need to match this up to that. So I'm going to drag the song down and match it up so you can sort of see the same kind of pattern that's happening. So let's And this, um it might be kind of lagging, cause, you know, I'm going to be editing a big, bigger video with bigger footage and also I'm recording at the same time. So that's why it's like lagging. Okay, so now that it's slightly matched, I'm gonna just zoom in even more to make sure that it is matched. Okay, so I'm gonna move it over slightly. There we go. I think that's a little better. Shrink it back down. Press place. Okay, So things air slightly lagging, But that's OK. And what I'm gonna do next is I'm going to make the audio on the original, like, on the actual video track. I'm going to silence it basically. So I'm going to edit audio, and I'm going to quiet that down and I'm gonna click play again, Okay. Okay. So it's a little bit lagging that that's ok. And I'm just because we had the video. Okay, so I'm gonna play it from when the song starts. Okay, so it starts from over here. So I'm gonna move this part all the way here, and then I'm gonna move this all the way to the beginning. Okay? Well, okay. We want the pain, the word pain. So now I'm gonna find some cool Funt to pop up on the screen. And I'm kind of just editing this as I go to show you guys like my thinking process. So I'm going to drag this text down and great pain, because that's the word that is being said. So now I'm gonna find, like, a cool font. I'm just going to start from the top and just scroll through and see if I can find, like, a cool font to use etc. And we need to highlight this. We'll try that again. Okay. That fund didn't work out what's keep going. Actually, let me play around with that first and just play with this size. How big Kolinko here? I think 500 0 500 is the largest. You can go with the size for the font. That's okay. Okay. So let's let's check out a different volunteer. Okay, so I went through all the fonts and I kind of like this one. And I'm gonna play around with the sizing here, see what it looks like as, oops, 500. So it's, like, huge I wanted to be. I'm just playing around. I wanted to be really big, and then I want to change the color of it. Two black. But then I want to duplicate this, so I'm gonna copy it and paste it. But I want to try some red. Something like that is peeking my interest right now. Okay, so let's stretch this out. And the thing was, you know, doing these kind of creative projects is you really need to play around with it. It's not like a standard tutorial video words like easy. So let's just play around with this. It may. I want to make sure that it happens when the when they're saying the word that that word is coming up exact time. Okay, I'm just gonna play it as is through the brain, seeing the beauty through the okay, pains happening again. So I'm gonna copy that, paste it, press play. So what's happening? And I'm just putting placements to every time the the part that says pain now, I might not necessarily be using that exact type of font that I just chose, but I just want to know where the placements are. Place it here. I think. No, it doesn't look like it's matching, but it's because it's lagging because I've got so many things going on. So I know that when I'm playing it doesn't look like it, but it s actually is okay, So I've gone through and added all of the text for every time the word pain get set in the song. And I'm choosing that because it's such a strong word in the song that I want to emphasize that with some text on the screen. Okay, so next I'm going to make the video black and white. I want to change the color of it, so I'm going to highlight the video. Then I'm going to go to modify, go to add effect, visual effects, color adjustment, and it's gonna turn it black and white. But it's going to do like a strong version of it, and you can change in an alter it. So don't touch the saturation because that's going to give color. You could really you know, exaggerate things. Just you want to touch the brightness and the contrast, I'm gonna pull back a little bit. Okay? I'm gonna try something out to see if I can do something about the harshness. Because I can't seem to fix the skin tone that's happening because it's a little too bright for me. So I'm going to try something that I've taught in other tutorial videos. I'm going to grab a shape, and I'm just going to test it out here. Maybe I'll put like a filter color over this. Now, I'm gonna change the color of this. Not black, maybe Flu. Try that. I'm gonna have to raise all of these by one. So let me just put this here, stretch it out, and let's see what this looks like. Okay, So I want to adjust the brightness cause it's still too bright. Things don't tell. May watch. Think that I'm the one master? I was broke in from my chicken soling to the mess threaded A puzzle wins with ultimate to mission to meet Dylan and singing from Hardy from the pain. Take him on that city from the veins. Begin my lesson through the brain seeing the beauty through the Okay, so I kind of like it in black and white as well. I tried it with the blue. I'll have to get Reid's opinion on it. But I do like the black and I also like the blue, so we'll see what she thinks. So now I'm gonna add some animation too. The letters here, and I'm gonna do that with behaviors. I haven't decided what kind I want to do yet. All right, so let me try this one right here. And I'm just gonna highlight these two, and I'll put it to that one. Zoom in a little bit so we can see what this is gonna look like. Seems like it's gonna pop who? I like it. That was kind of cool. So this come in this one as well? It's that she seeing that line differently. So I wanted different behavior on that. So I'm gonna try this one. Let's see how this one goes. I want to speak to be Let's try even slower. As you can see, I'm just sort of playing around, and that's what I kind of do with these videos when it's, you know, when where you have to be really creative. I just kind of play around. I want the same for for that one, because she's saying it the same way. So let's just play this part here through this, okay, so that's kind of taking shape. I'm gonna do that for the next set as well. So you guys can get a feel for how I start and how I get into editing or rates music videos . I listen to the song. First of all, we we film it according to the feel of the song. So this song is you know, it's a lot darker. Um, it has a fuel of scariness to it. That's why we did it in the parking garage. And that's why I'm making it black and white. And that's why the letters that are popping up I'm doing red and black and I'm going like pain because I want that to really stand out, because they it really stands out in the song when you're listening to it. So this is a little bit on how I would actually get into it. Now I'm going to do that for the same thing. For the next set of Ah, letters that I have here. It'll pretty much be the same. And then after that it's pretty much just like adding in details like the song title in the beginning and the fade ins and fade out for the beginning and the end. And pretty much, you know, I have the basis of editing this music video. And when you learn the different elements of camped Asia, you can create something really cool. And I've been having a lot of fun, you know, creating all the different kinds of videos that I can think of in my head using Camped Asia . So that is it for this video. That is how I would go about into starting and editing reads music videos. Thank you guys so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 66. Off Sync Audio Issues - How To Fix: Alright, So I've had this issue in the past and chances are maybe you have a zwelling for some reason whether you're recording or you're just editing, All of a sudden the audio and the picture are off sync. They're not sink, and you notice that it's misaligned and it's messing up your video. So I have an example of that here right now, and I'm gonna show you how I fix it every time it happens. So let's say a reed who is my business partner if she's recording something on Temptation nine and she sends it to me to edit. That's when I noticed that audio is off sync sometimes, like it will start off fine in the beginning and that by the time I get to like the middle , it's like off sync, and I need to realign it. So that's what I'm gonna show you right now is how to fix that if it happens. All right. So this is like a trouble shooting video here because this was an issue that I was having, and it was really annoying. So I just didn't example here of video and audio that is off sync. So I'm just gonna play it right now. One issue Leo showing you guys this. Okay, So as you can see, the video and the audio were totally off sync, and it did not match up. And that could be really frustrating when you know you're editing tutorial videos or editing your project. Oh, like I said, this has happened to me in the past before, and I'm gonna show you how I was able to fix it. So first of all, you notice here that, you know, the video track that we have. That's one. We actually need to highlight it and separate the audio from the video because we need to align them together because them right now is one. They're not aligned, so we actually need to separate them in order to align them. I know it sounds kind of weird, but you want to right click on it, separate audio and video. Then you're going to get to files here. One is going to be the video was gonna be the audio. The audio is going to be the one with the little spikes at the bottle. Now, when you play it, you're gonna have to do some listening and playing and then tweaking and altering to get it right. So I'll just move this right here so you guys can see you play it. So what's happening is okay. All of a sudden I'm speaking and there's no audio, so you need to, like, kind of, like, be a detective and find out what's happening. So here, playing no audio and the audio seems to only be happening at this point right here. But I have already spoken a bunch of times. So what I want to do is video is happening first. No audio is happening, so I want to move the audio back. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna enlarge the timeline here a bit so that we can magnify it , and it will be easier for us to work with. And I'm going to run the timeline through, and this is exactly how I do it during this part. It's all silent, but like I'm speaking, so there should be on you. So I need to move the audio back and I need to play it. So I need to move it back and let's play it and see if that does anything. One is. It's getting closer, but that is not it. Move it back a little more. Play it. Getting closer. Move it back a little more. We're getting very close. As you can see, it may look like to the untrained eye that that is a line and sink, but it's actually not. So if you look closely going so we need to move it just slightly, move it back just a little bit. See if that does anything. You all right? So there it is. It's aligned Now. Now, as you can see, when I zoom out a little bit, these are not physically aligned. But they are aligned with the audio and the video. So what you can do is you can just chop these off. So I'm gonna highlight this click s to split it and click, Delete. And then let's This is where I end right here. Let's play it. Okay, then I'll highlight Click s to split and then, ah, highlight it. Click backspace delete to delete it. So now, Now you're not going to get confused. They're one unit now, and you can bring that all the way down to the beginning or attach it onto something, and now it is sync properly. So as you can see, it's sink now. And I needed it to separate it, then align it properly. And then dis clipped the beginning and end to make it so that it's like a perfect match. So it's easier to use in your projects. So that is how you fix a sinking issue and off sync issue. This has happened to me many times when I get other files from other people, and this is how I fix it. I separate the audio in the video, line it up, and then chop the beginning and end to make sure that they're the same so that I can work with it a lot easier in the project. All right, guys. So that was it for this video. That is how to troubleshoot with the audio sinking issue. Are you guys Thank you so much for watching. And I'll see you the next video 67. Strange Black Flicker Issues - How To Fix: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm gonna be sharing with you how I fixed a problem that I was having in kempt Asian nine with this black flickering effect. And how a trouble shooted to fix that problem. All right, so I recently did a video for a read on her read Music Channel, and I'll show you the video in a second. And we didn't realize the issue until it was too late, and it was already uploaded. And, you know, we were doing the 80 20 rule, and we couldn't really go backwards and fix it, but it was still bothering me. So I ended up finding out what the problem was, and I was able to fix it. So we'll show you the video here on YouTube and you know what had already gone out? Luckily, it was only a ah royalty free song that people can download, and so that it wasn't like an actual crazy music video. If it was, we would have had to take it down and fix it, but because it was more of a casual video, we decided, OK, let's just leave it up. And for future, we'll figure out the problem so we don't replicate this, so I'll play the song for you right now. And the issue was I didn't even notice it. I was so far into the editing that there's this, like, black flicker thing that keeps happening every six seconds. And I didn't realize it until reach pointed it out to me. So play it right now. So I created this, um, feature here, um, in photo shop. And then I did some camped ageist off. But you can see it keeps flickering, right? Keeps doing this like weirdo flickers ing every six seconds. Now, sometimes you get these issues on kempt Asia where you need to think outside the box in order to fix it. So here's how I fixed this problem. So I'm here in kempt Asia right now, and I'm gonna import the original clip. So I've got the clip in here, and I'm gonna put it on the timeline. And as you can see, this was six seconds. I was able to get this. This is kind of like a It's not really a Jiff, but it's like, um, a moving photo when I was able to create it in photo shop and I got it to the Clippers six seconds, and so I had to duplicate it to make the entire song. So you see here, like this happening over and over again, it's just continuously going because I duplicated the video background over and over again . It's like a really simple type video with, like, a moving image type thing. So anyways, you know, I had duplicated it and it was like this, right? I'll replicate it for you here for, like, three minutes. It was like this, right? And in Camp Tasia, you can't see that black flicker effect happening every six seconds. So I'll just play it for you here. Just going, going, going. And it might be lagging because I have so many things set up here. But you don't see this black flickering that's happening. So I didn't know that it was happening until it was already too late. So you might be having this issue if you're working with some footage and here's how I was able to fix it. Maybe you guys are having this problem. That's why I'm deciding to create this video it might be happening to some of you out there , so I'm just going to delete these three here and then I'm just gonna work with this one right now. Now what I noticed was every six seconds, this black flicker is happening because each of these, like this clip, is six seconds. So it's happening, like at the beginning and at the end of the clip. So I what I did waas I zoomed up like this. And, you know, at first I thought it was because I didn't put the clips close enough together. I thought maybe I had left, like, a little gap or something, like a tiny microsecond of a gap. And then, you know, I duplicated that, and that's why that was happening. I thought that was the issue at first, but it wasn't because I had rendered it like three times and it still had this issue. But it wasn't until I think the fifth or sixth that we fixed it here. So what I've done here is I've zoomed in on the timeline. It doesn't have to be maximum. It could be one less than the maximum here. And so what I'm noticing is that there's this black flicker effect happening every six seconds that I do not want in the video. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna clip the beginning and the end of this video, and I did that in hopes of it disappearing. And luckily it did. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna go to Frames in and how you know what's a frame is because when you click Thea period button here, you can see it goes 01 zero to these aren't seconds like these air like within seconds. So it's that one frame were at two frames. Right now I'm gonna click the split key to cut it. And then I'm gonna go at the end here, and I'm gonna click the comma key to go backwards, one to highlight it, click the S button to split it, and then I'm gonna delete the end and delete this part, and that's what had fixed the solution. So I'm just gonna zoom out here now. Sometimes you might encounter problems in kempt Asia that aren't easily solved, and you need to think outside of the box you need to think differently. How can I fix this. So now what I would do in the future when I use these types of clips again, I'm going to clip the 1st 1 in the beginning and at the end. And I want to click control, see to copy it. Control V and then I'll copy this Control C control V. And now there's too. This is a faster way. Instead of doing it one by one, you kind of just multiply them someone to go control C Control V And then if you do it again, it's gonna make it even longer, faster. So now you see, you've got a whole bunch of them rather than just doing one by one each time. So now he's won't have that flicker effect that keeps happening throughout. And I'll tell you, I was really happy when I figured this out because it was bothering me so much. And that still bothers me right now that it's on that video. But that video has a bunch of use already, so we're not gonna take it down the 80 20 rule. Is it gonna make or break the video? No, it's not. It's ah, sort of a visual for the people to listen to that song. That song, by the way, is ah, copyright free song that redid. Feel free to download that. If you want to use that in your videos or projects, feel free to download that. So that is it for this video. It was a little bit of a different one. It was like a troubleshooting. I just wanted to share this experience that I had and how you know it was It was a problem . And then I was able to fix it, and I wanted to just share it, just in case you guys were going through any of the same thing. All right, guys will think he's so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 68. Out Of Memory Issue - How To Fix Without Losing Your Original Recording: Hey, guys, how's it going? It's Jewel Tolentino here. All right, so in this video, I'm going to share with you what to do if all of a sudden your Kem Tasia while you're doing a screen cast stops and says that there's no more storage space. Okay, so I just had this happen to me, and I bet that it has happened to a lot of other people, and it can be frustrating. So here's what was happening. I was recording a video, and it was longer than usual. So it was over 15 minutes and I was recording a tutorial, and then all of a sudden, my computer makes like a beep noise, and then a message pops up at the bottom and it says, um, we're sorry. Ah, camped. Asia's about to shut down because there's not enough storage space and it, like, gave me two options, and it was like either delete the current video or stop the recording. So I when when that happened, I freaked out. First of all, because I thought I had lost my entire video. Now there's nothing more annoying when you are recording something, and then all of a sudden you've lost it and you have to go and do it again. When you go and try and do it again, you don't have that same energy that you did the first time. So when that happened, I asked for it to save, So I asked it to stop recording and just give me what you've got in the meantime now. After that happened, I realized that there was no space on my computer, so I had a lot of videos on there, and it was taking up the storage space. And when you were recording long tutorial videos, you know it was taking, it was nearing the end of my storage space. So what you need to do is head over to like your trash can or something, and delete whatever you don't need and empty your recycling bin trash bin on your desktop when you do that, and you actually free up space like it actually needs space on your laptop to record those screen casts, even though it's not final format or the final version yet, it needs space to record the raw footage, so you need to delete either stuff in your recycling bin or go through your desktop and delete a bunch of stuff, and then you can continue on. You don't have to have the whole thing deleted so you can go back in to the same recording that you had press screen record again and then record yourself and it will just be in two parts, so you'll have up until that beep happened. And they said, you don't have any more space and then you'll have the next video, which is the continuation of you finishing up your video. So that is a solution to that. It might be scary at first when it happens and you might freak out, but it's OK. You just need to stop it to go and delete whatever is taking up a bunch of space on your laptop and then continue recording. Alright, guys. Well, thank you so much for watching, and I'll see in the next video 69. Camtasia 2022 - How to Reverse Video (play video backwards): 's here, the reverse footage effect in Camtasia 2022. So I have literally been waiting and asking Camtasia for this feature for at least five years now. I've been using Camtasia since 2010, back when it was called Camtasia six and seven. And around Camtasia 2018, I was always thinking, You know what? It would be so cool if we can do the reverse footage thing. And now, as I sit here, August 2022, it is here. Okay, so here's how it works. I've got this clip right here. It's M Bungee jumping in Whistler a couple of years ago. I'll play for you the original clip with sound, and then I'll do the reverse effect on it. So here it is. Five, four, three, two, one. W. Okay, so that's the clip of me jumping. We're going to reverse that. In order to do that, you want to head over to your media bin, and you want to right click on the clip that you want to reverse. And then you'll see here a new option, reverse Video. So we're going to click that. And then it's going to do its thing now to reverse the footage. So it depends how long your clip is. I would say to only do this on a shorter clip, because as you can see, this clip is 17 seconds, and it's going kind of slow. So make sure your clip isn't like 5 minutes long that you want to reverse. Or if it is, you might want to do it in chunks. So I'll wait for this to finish, and then I'll be right back. Okay. It's about to finish. Here we go. Okay. And this is the reversed version. You can see that the name of the clip. The original name of the clip was Bungee Jump final. Now, to know that it's reversed, it says Bungee Jump final. Underscore reversed. So that is now going to be the reversed version. So let's bring it down to the timeline and see how it looks. So I'm bringing it down. And then we're now going to play it. Now, the only thing with doing reversed footage here in the new Camtasia 2022, is it doesn't reverse the audio. I know. A lot of people are going to be booing right now. But we'll take what we can get as it stands. It only reverses the actual video file. So you're probably going to have to add some sound effects or rewind effect to your reverse footage. So let's play it here. It's going to be silent, and this is what it looks like. So it's like the end part, and then we're going backwards. I'm swinging, screaming, Oh, I'm going upside down, the rope, the bungee cords going all crazy. And then we should be there we go. I jumped back up onto the platform. So there is the reverse footage. As I said, that the audio doesn't reverse as well. But if you have some rewinded audio effects, I'll show you guys what I mean here. So I have in my audio library here that I've built up, I have this rewinded cassette tape audio, and it's for cases like this. So I'm just going to attach it on here. And this I just got from a stock footage website. This one in particular, I got from artles dot IO. Alright. So now let's play it with the Rewind Audio Cassette Sound. So I would have to extend the sound, but you can get the gist of it. I've flown back up onto the platform there. And it definitely gives it a better effect when you add a sound effect. I'm so glad that they have brought this option because before, I had to go to a different editing software, reverse it, then bring it back into Camtasia. But now, I can do it here. So thank you so much, Camtasia, for adding in that new feature. And remember, reverse footage only looks good if there's movement and something's actually happening. If you're just sitting there doing nothing and you reverse that, it's just going to look like the exact same thing. So make sure you have movement, and I'll see you in the next video. 70. Camtasia 2022 - How to Reverse a Section of Your Video: How do I reverse only a section of a video clip? So that right there was an actual question that I got. Okay, you know, Camtasia 2022 has the reverse feature, but it reverses the entire clip. I only want to do a section of my video. Do I do this? I've got a clip here, and this is when I went Coning or canyoneering. It's basically when you repel down cliffs, water falls, and do like a cool adventure. In Camtaja, 2022, if I wanted to reverse this clip, which this clip is about a minute and 30 seconds, what you would need to do is head over to the media bin, right click on it, and then go reverse video. And currently, this is the only way to reverse to do the reverse footage feature is by right clicking on it and then reversing it. And as you can see, it's doing its thing and it's reversing, and it is taking a little bit of time. So be aware of that when you are using this kind of feature. I've got another clip right here, which is 23 seconds. So I'm going to right click on it. And click reverse video. And that's cool that it's doing both at the same time. So I'm going to pause this video and then come right back. All right, so both clips just finished doing the reverse effect. As a side note, these are two go pro clips. On another side note, when you reverse your footage, it removes the sound. So let me show you the first one. This was in 2019, when I went to the UK and those guards that walk around the castle, they were walking past me. This is the original clip with sound. They're just marching along. Here is the reverse of it. We're basically walking backwards. And you can see here they're walking, walking, it's silent, and they're just walking backwards. The simple answer, if you just want a section of it, if you just want a clip of it, you need to do the reverse on the whole thing, drag it down to the timeline like this, and then take out the section that you would like. Let's just say I want the beginning part. I'm just going to press the S K to split that and then delete this and just play this part here. And you can see that this is just the section of the video clip of the original video clip that was reversed. And so that's the DIY work around. That's how you're going to get around only getting a section of the reversed footage is by reversing the whole thing, putting it on the timeline, and then getting the section that you want. You currently can't reverse a section while on the timeline. Ideally in the future, what I would like is for Camtasia to implement something like this where you are editing, and then you see a part in your video that you'd like to reverse, and then you just go right click and then somehow reverse it rather than having to reverse it in the media bin as a whole, and then having to do it that way. I hope that in the future, we'll be able to do that. I'm pretty sure that we will. They are always innovating. Same thing with this clip right here. This one took a little bit longer to do the reversal footage because it was 1 minute 30 seconds. The whole thing now is reversed. And this is me doing canyoning. I was walking underneath a waterfall, so let's see what it looks like now. And so the water should be going upwards now. Oh, this is when I jumped into the water afterwards. Okay, so this clip is a little bit longer. That person is getting back in the water. Let's just skip along here, here we go. And so the droplets should be going upwards, and they are, you can see it. So you can see it here. The water in looks like it's going upwards. This isn't the best clip to use, but you definitely want to choose clips where it's obvious that there is a reverse footage going. This one doesn't look like it's the best because it looks like just water's going everywhere, but it is going in reverse. So like I said, let's say I only wanted this section. I'm going to split that, and then I only wanted this section, and then I just delete everything else. And then, I only got this section here. And so that's how I would be able to get a section of reversed footage. It's not the best right now, but it's the DIY right now, and that's what we're going to have to do until the feature gets improved. I'm just glad that we even have this feature because I've been asking for it since Camtasia version nine, which was a long time ago. All right, that was a quick one for you, and I'll see you in the next video. 71. Camtasia 2022 - Blur Region Feature: Blur region effect in Camtasia, 2022. First, let's go and find the Blur region effect. It will be in the Visual Effects tab. If you don't see the visual effects tab, click More and it might be there. Sometimes it's here if you don't use the tab very much. Click on Visual Effects and look for Blur region. These things might move around, but it's right here. After using it, if you like it, click the Star button, because then it'll save it to your favorites, and you don't have to waste time trying to search for it. So I already know that I like it because I tested it out before this video. So I'm going to click that Star for Favorites for Future. Okay, so I have a test video here. Now, this is going to be great if you're doing tutorial videos and you're showing your screen, and you need to blur out potentially sensitive information. Addresses, you know, passwords, things like that. Or you just want to blur stuff in general. So let's take the blur region, drag it down. And two things are going to happen. This rectangle is going to come up right in the middle, and then on the right hand side, it's going to have blur region features. Now, this is where the cool part happens here. Before, when you used to blur, you just got a rectangle piece, and then that was pretty much it. You didn't have too many features going on. But here's another cool thing. First thing is you can go invert. So by doing that, it inverts the whole thing, and it actually blurs everything around it and does pretty much the opposite. And sometimes you only want to show, let's say, a portion, but you want to blur everything else. That's where invert would come into play. So let's say I just want to show this picture, but I want to blur everything else. That's when you would use the invert. Like I said, previously, in the virgin before, you would have to get a bunch of pieces of the blur shape and put one here, put one over here, and put one over here, potentially having three pieces of blur, whereas this is just one and you click the invert. So right away, that's going to be time saving for me. You know me. I always want to save time editing, make things more efficient. So that's invert. Next cool thing is the shape. So we can now go oval or rectangle. Before, it was pretty much only rectangle, and you could you could move the shape and try and do it, but pretty much it was just a rectangle. So it could be like square or rectangle. But now we got oval, and so that's going to be useful because let's say I want to blur that, it's perfect. It's circle, right? And sometimes we just want a nice circle. And again, if we click invert, It's going to invert everything, pretty much the reverse. And then let's say, you know, I just want me to show, right? So that's another cool thing is the shape is now different. So let's head back to rectangle. And another one here is you can now have rounded corners. And just be careful when you're moving this. Always grab the center piece, always make sure that you've got that. Otherwise, you're going to end up moving the whole screen, and then you're going to get annoyed. So make sure that you are grabbing the center each time. Otherwise, you're going to do that. And then that becomes annoying. So I'm going to put that back and make sure you are grabbing the blur. So back to the corners here, you can actually have corners. Whereas before, we did not, and it just was everything was pointed edges. And there's something about making rounded corners on a square or rectangle that makes it look more professional. So let me invert this, maybe you'll see it a little better. Probably see it a little better if I had a less busy background, but it is making rounded corners, as you can see here, very lightly. And when you want more of a polished professional look, these are the things that the small details that really do matter. So that's really cool. And again, if you don't like that, click that. And it seems that now we've got color. So usually, it's like a white tint of blur happening. L et's see a purple tint of blur. So that's interesting now. You know, That definitely makes things more visually appealing. So maybe maybe I do that now, and let's click that. And so you can get really color customized, if you've got certain branding. Our branding is purple. So maybe I do start blurring in, you know, like a purple shade. That's a nice little touch that they added. I liked that. So you can pretty much choose any color you want. And they've got here the blur. And right here, they've got this blur setting to 150, so I actually don't know what this does. So Oh, we can actually make it more intense, like, way more completely blurred out. I thought 150 was pretty fine. But I guess if you really don't want the person to know what your blurring is, then you can obviously amplify that, and you would not know. Was at 1:50, you can kind of see there's an imagery going on there, right? So if you really don't want people to know, just jack the number up there, but we'll head back to the 150 again. And then just down here, they have the ease in and ease out. So this is of like an animation thing a little bit. Let's just do this. Let's say 1 second. We put it to, and we'll press play. How to create? You see it created the blur in 1 second. I ha did a fade in of blur and it was in the span of 1 second, and that's called an eas in. You can also do the same thing easing out. And then, of course, another thing here is the tint of the color is at 25%. So if you want more intense of the color, then increase this, if you want less, then obviously lower it, they had it at 25. I might want it to be more intense, actually, because I do like the color. So I might actually have it be in the 30 to 40% range. Thank you so much, and I will see you in the next video. 72. Camtasia 2022 - The Sound Emphasize Feature Advanced Audio: Let me share with you some tips about the emphasize feature that you might not have thought of. All right. This is going to be a quick one here that I myself noticed when I was editing, and I thought, while I was doing the emphasize feature and found some things out about it, I should create a video because some of you watching this maybe are having that issue. So if you don't know what the emphasized feature is, it is when you head over to, we're just going to click the More tab, you go to audio effects, and you see here emphasize. This is used when you have both vocal audio, like you speaking and then music behind, right? And so before the emphasize feature, you had to really play around with the audio and lower it down, lower it down here, potentially lower down the gain, so that you could hear yourself speaking. And Camtasia created this so that you can add it to your audio, so it actually raises your level for you, and I'll play it right now. So this is with the emphasized feature on Hey, friends. I'm Leora. Lovely to meet you. I'm from Vancouver BC, Canada, and I create epic orchestral music with a Mediterranean, Middle Eastern flare that So that's actually my business partner, rite. She is the other half of Estino Media, and she's also a singer. So it's creating a video for her for her new music channel. And as you can hear, there is a background music going on, and she's speaking at the same time. And you can hear her properly, even though there's music going on. If I go and remove the emphasize feature, so I'm just going to quickly turn it off. It's in the sound tab here. So I'll turn it off for the first part here. It's going to turn it off, and I'll turn it off for this clip as well. And then we'll play it, and we'll hear the difference. Hey, friends. I'm Leora. Lovely to meet you. I'm from Vancouver BC, Canada, and I create epic orchestral music with a Mediterranean, Middle Eastern square that transports listeners to other w. So as you can hear, as the song was kind of getting into it, the beginning part was still a little bit low, but as it starts to get into it, and it gets louder, it's starting to become harder and harder to hear what t is saying. For a viewer who has never seen this before, that could be distracting for them. So that's why we add the emphasize feature on there, right? And then it automatically raises your level of Mediterranean, Middle Eastern flare that transports is emphasizes your audio. What a lot of people do is they will add it on to their video, like they're talking video. And the whole reason why I want to make this video is you want to make sure to add it to all pieces of audio. So if you have sound effects, for example, right here, there is a sound effect, right? It's a bubble popping, so we'll play it right now. Ida behind taking a classic rock song. You could hear that. You could hear that little bubble popping. Make sure to add the emphasize feature on all audio. Not just your talking audio, but sound effects audio as well. Because if I were to remove the emphasize here, you wouldn't really hear the bubble popping, and I'll play it again. Behind, taking a classic rock song. It's a lot lower than it could be with the emphasize features. I'll play it again. The idea behind taking a classic role. So you really hear it, and you really notice it. And I found this out when, you know, I'm editing videos and I added all these sound effects here, and I couldn't really hear them. And then I realized that the emphasize feature needs to be added to this as well as the talking head. That's a quick tip for you if you are editing with your projects. If you have more than one audio going on, you definitely want to add it to all the pieces of audio that you want to be heard, IE, your vocals, and your sound effects. Because what's the point of putting in a sound effect if you can't really hear it. Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 73. Camtasia 2022 - Spotlight Video Effect: Did you know that there is a spotlight feature in Camtasia 2022. All right, so I'm in the Camtasia 2022. And how you know that you're actually in the 2022 version is you want to head over to the library area, and click on this drop down. And if you see Camtasia 2022, then you know you have the 2022 version. If it just says 2021 or some other year, then that's likely the version that you're in. So I'm in the 2022. I'm going to head over to the visual effects tab because that's where the new spotlight feature is. If I like it, I'll favorite it, and then it'll show up in my favorites. All right, so if we scroll all the way down to the bottom here, we will see this thing. Spot light effect. Let's drag this down. I've got a test video here. I was filming some videos with my go pro. So let me drag this down and see what this looks like. I actually have not seen what this looks like at all. I've dragged this down, and I can see that right away, it kind of did like a shadowing over here and over here, in like on the corners. And it kind of is spotlighting sort of like diagonally in the middle here. Now, you can see that there are some features that pop up here. There is the opacity, brightness, and focus, and they have it set to the color white. So let's just play around with this spotlight feature and see what it looks like. Okay, let's play around with the opacity. Let's just bring that up. Okay, obviously, it's just making it it's just making it bright. So obviously, if I go lower, It goes a little bit darker. I goes in and out. I'm not sure if you guys are seeing these flashes that are happening. Of course, if you want to revert back to the original settings that they have, just click this reverse recycling arrow, and it'll go back to what it originally was, which was 10%. Next is the brightness. Let's bring up the brightness. It's going to make me bright. This is going to make me really dark. Let's go back to original and then the focus, let's see what this does. That actually takes away the shadow, and then this, this makes it crazier. If you want it to be more harsh, you go down, and it'll be almost gone. It's like, Well, And let's go back to original. Let me just go over here on this knob right here and let me just see what this does. Okay. So now I see what this does. This actually moves the shadowing effect. So you can see that it was angled like that. So it, you know, spotlighted me, right? But if I bring it back a little bit, you can see that makes it darker and I'll bring it here. You can play around with it to see what areas obviously I wouldn't want this because then I'm totally blacked out. But depending on what's on the screen, obviously, I would want to highlight myself a little more. Maybe if you bring this a little bit back here and you go like that. Let's see what happens when you change the color. Let's see what that does. Let's just for fun, let's just do green. Cool. This is cool. This I find more interesting, actually. This little green spotlight effect here. Now it's got a green tint. Technically, let's go to purple because I think you guys know that I like the color purple. Hence what I'm wearing. Let's say we want to do a purple here. This is actually more exciting to me because if I were to do something more like this and let's bring the opacity. Brightness. I like this because this looks cool in my opinion. You've got a cool like purple overlay here. There's this colorized feature that will put a color over top your video, but this is a little bit different than that. This is a little bit more natural in my opinion with adding a color on the video. I actually really like this with the color. But if you wanted to just be more of a natural spotlight, then you would go back to the white, and then we'll revert back here. That's actually really interesting. That is the spotlight feature in C Kemptasa 2022. Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video. 74. Camtasia 2022 - Outline Edges Effect: Let me show you the new outline edges feature in Camtasia 2022. One of the new features is this feature called Outline edges. So I've got some test footage here right now, and you want to head over to the visual effects tab. Scroll down here, and you'll see right here, outline edges. And all you have to do is take this and drag it down to your video media. So I'm going to do that right now. Whoa, right off the bat, you can see that it turned me into some sketch cartoon. This is a very unique and interesting effect. Let's play the video here. It's silent. So let's see what it looks like. This is definitely an abstract look for sure. You can definitely get really creative with this. Not sure how I would use it yet, maybe in a log or some unique style of video. But let's play around with the intensity and desaturate. Let's see here if I bring this down. If I bring this down, it's like, I can see here if I bring down the intensity, it makes it look like I'm from the 1950s. Still looking like a cartoon ssh comic book character. Let's see if I bring down desaturate what that looks like. Oh, it brings the color back in. Let me go the other way actually. My eyes are looking pretty crazy. I look intense. Let's see what happens when I bring this up, and I'm just playing around with this to see what this looks like. Bringing this down for color. Definitely looking like a cartoon. My face is looking pretty scary in my opinion. Don't look like a human at this point. But it looks like, it looks like a certain type of sketch of drawing. You've seen them before. This is like a style of cartoon. I've seen this before. So this can be interesting. Definitely use it for my more abstract type videos. Probably not for a tutorial video. And let's see what the ease in is. So let's ease this in let's see 1 second. Let's see what that does. Oh, it's going to ease it in. Here we go. It's going to ease it in. Oh, nice. And then let's see if I chop it here. And then we'll ease it out for half a second. And then this one here. We'll ease it back in. I'm just playing around with stuff. We'll see what this looks like. So we're normal. We go to Cartoon. Oh, I need to work on that a little bit. But it's cool. It's unique. Definitely need to find out how I'm going to use this. It's not something I would use typically with my tutorial videos, but probably I will use it sometime in the future. So that's the new outline edges feature. Thank you guys so much for watching, and I'll see you in the next video. 75. Camtasia 2022 - Blend Mode Effect: What's happening over here? It's Camtasia 2022 Blend Mode. Now, initially, I was just playing around with it, and I managed to create this thing. So let me play it for you here. It's a photo of me. Water waves in the background, Water sounds and text. That's all the stuff that is on the timeline that you see. So let me show you how I created this thing because honestly, you can take a cool snapshot of this and post it on your social media, and it'll look really cool. So first, blend mode is in the visual effects. If you don't see it, click More and head over to visual effects, and you'll see blend mode. Now, when you hit the star, It'll be in your favorites, and when you click Favorites, you'll find it there for easy access. So let me show you the different elements. First thing I used was this photo of me. Then I had this water waves, which I thought would go well together. So there's water waves that look like this, and you can see that, it looks very different than what's happening over here, right? All right, so let's get into the blend mode. So let's add it onto the water waves and see what it does. So I'm literally just going to drag it, place it on here. And you can see it looks pretty bad right now, so we need to alter it. When you click on the mode, it's on screen, and they have a bunch of different options, dodge, color, linear, dodge, and all this stuff. You basically want to run through it and see which one looks the best for you. Some of them, that looks pretty scary. Let's not use that one. But I think I was using soft light. And you can see how it blended the water waves onto the actual image. Now, you can do this the other way around as well and have the photo on top and add the blend mode on that. But for the purposes of this video, I'm doing it the other way around. So now you want to size things to make them actually look good. So I need to make this photo bigger, move it down a little bit. And then this one needs to be larger because there was some black bars that you can kind of see there. And then you can see here. Now, we can play around with the intensity if we want to lessen it. And you don't want to make it as much. Initially, it was set at 100, but I think it looks cool at 100. Now, for the purpose of this video, I'm not going to play with any ranges or anything like that. I'm just going to show you a quick use of the blend mode, and we'll just focus on this, and then other tutorials will go into other aspects of blend mode. And then I just grabbed some regular text, and I'm just going to copy this and paste it. And you can see that it looks a little bit faded, and that's because I lowered the opacity down to 57. Initially, it was like black like this, which you can technically still do. And if you notice, I chose a font that has kind of, like holes in it, right? You see here. It has these, like, kind of, like sketch marks, which makes it look even cooler with a cool feature. Now, I decided to fade it out a little bit, whoops, wrong one. Now, I decided to fade it out a little bit, to make it seem like, you know, it's kind of like in the water. And then it gives this whole effect of an image. Now, you can literally take this and take a snapshot of it, like I did over here and use it as social media. That looks pretty cool. Now, if I play it here, you can see that it's got the image, the visual of the water, so video of water, the sounds of the water waves, and some text here. So let's play it. That right there is a very eye catching piece of content that I can post up. There it is, very simple use of blend mode. What do you guys think of it? I'll see you in the next video. 76. Camtasia 2022 - How To Move Everything On The Timeline: Wondering how to move everything on your timeline at once. Let me show you how to do it. All right, so let's say you've just edited your C Kemptasia project, and you're going through and you're like, Oh, no, I need to move something over, or I need to delete something, then move everything after that. And depending on your project, you might have so many pieces going on at once. There is a couple of different ways that you can do this. I'll show you the manual way and then I'll show you the easier way. Before you do anything, make sure that you minimize your timeline. I feel like a lot of people forget about this timeline here. This right here with the magnifying glass and the plus and the minus, this will extend your timeline or it will minimize your timeline. I find that a lot of people forget that it's even there. And they use this to, let's say, scroll through and trying to find a place. And it can get pretty crazy if you've got a ten, 20 minute, 30 minute video, trying to find something on your timeline. If you want to move everything, I would recommend you go the smallest possible where you can see everything. So what do I mean? At this point right here, my video is very short. It's only 3 minutes, something. So when I bring the minimization down to here, I can see everything. I can see the end here. Sometimes if my videos are like ten, 20 minutes long, I have to just really go down and really minimize it. But I say only go down to you initially see that you can see everything like right here. The manual way to highlight everything is to bring it down to this point and just take your mouse and just go a little bit off the edge here and press your mouse and just start dragging it, and then you've got everything there. Now, the thing with that is, you might forget some things if you even forget to scroll up. It's happened to me in the past where you forget you had a bunch of stuff going, track five, track six, track seven, depending on how complex your project is, you might forget and you might just only track three, and then you forgot about the other stuff, and then you go to move everything, and then everything's just messed up. So that's the more manual way. The other way that's a lot easier is, I'm on a PC. I'm not sure what it is for MAC, but I'm sure there's a command for it is you just click Control A, and then it basically is like Control A, and it highlights everything. And then from here, you can grab somewhere, and then you can go and move everything as a whole. Now, if you're like, I wanted to grab mostly everything, but there's a couple ones I don't want. From here, once it's grabbed everything, highlight everything. Again, I want a PC. You can hold down the control button and click on ones that you don't want to move. So I'm holding the control button, and I click on this one. Oh, I didn't want this one. Oh, this one's fine, there. And then you can go and uncheck the ones that are not needed. So that's also another thing to do if you want to move the majority, but not necessarily everything. I've had a couple of YouTube coaching clients where I'm teaching them how to edit and stuff, and then they realize they need to move something and then they move something, and then the whole thing is messed up. That is a really quick, simple way to highlight everything and move it on your timeline. Thank you so much for watching and I'll see in the next video.